US20210305553A1 - Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle - Google Patents
Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210305553A1 US20210305553A1 US17/345,565 US202117345565A US2021305553A1 US 20210305553 A1 US20210305553 A1 US 20210305553A1 US 202117345565 A US202117345565 A US 202117345565A US 2021305553 A1 US2021305553 A1 US 2021305553A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- region
- positive electrode
- active material
- sample
- electrode active
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 title claims description 43
- 239000007774 positive electrode material Substances 0.000 title abstract description 240
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title description 22
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 169
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 148
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 148
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 129
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 129
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract 9
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims description 120
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 claims description 56
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 53
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 52
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 43
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 18
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000005430 electron energy loss spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 56
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 53
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 50
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 50
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 abstract description 37
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 36
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 31
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 abstract description 31
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 22
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium fluoride Chemical compound [Li+].[F-] PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 146
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 119
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 89
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 88
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 85
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 81
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 78
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 78
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 69
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 65
- -1 graphene compound Chemical class 0.000 description 51
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 40
- 238000007600 charging Methods 0.000 description 39
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 37
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 35
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 33
- 238000000851 scanning transmission electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 31
- 229910000625 lithium cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 28
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 28
- BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido(oxo)cobalt Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Co]=O BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 27
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000002482 conductive additive Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000007773 negative electrode material Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 19
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 101100173586 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) fft2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 11
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 11
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 10
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000006230 acetylene black Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 9
- WABPQHHGFIMREM-BKFZFHPZSA-N lead-212 Chemical compound [212Pb] WABPQHHGFIMREM-BKFZFHPZSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 101100173585 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) fft1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 8
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001766 barrel sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 8
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000005011 time of flight secondary ion mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002042 time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101100173587 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) fft3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910021383 artificial graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 6
- AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)manganese;manganese Chemical compound [Mn].O[Mn]=O.O[Mn]=O AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002931 mesocarbon microbead Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910000480 nickel oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 5
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003575 carbonaceous material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000051 modifying effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910021382 natural graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Mg+2] ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011255 nonaqueous electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 3
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007784 solid electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004919 topotaxy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Propane sultone Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCO1 FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound FC1COC(=O)O1 SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910014989 LiNiaMnbCocO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910013710 LiNixMnyCozO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001290 LiPF6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000026 X-ray photoelectron spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005275 alloying Methods 0.000 description 2
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 2
- UBEWDCMIDFGDOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+);cobalt(3+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Co+2].[Co+3].[Co+3] UBEWDCMIDFGDOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000002447 crystallographic data Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichromium trioxide Chemical compound O=[Cr]O[Cr]=O QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoropropylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)F HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium sulfate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl formate Chemical compound COC=O TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000476 molybdenum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium pentoxide Inorganic materials O=[Nb](=O)O[Nb](=O)=O ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxonickel Chemical compound [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011295 pitch Substances 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N ruthenium(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[Ru]=O WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000682 scanning probe acoustic microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001845 yogo sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-butylene carbonate Chemical compound CCC1COC(=O)O1 ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCOC1 VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-sulfanylethyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCS)C(=O)C2=C1 UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbuta-1,3-diene;styrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound ClC1COC(=O)O1 OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017687 Ag3Sb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017692 Ag3Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical compound C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910020243 CeSb3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018992 CoS0.89 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018985 CoSb3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019050 CoSn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021503 Cobalt(II) hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018069 Cu3N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018471 Cu6Sn5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910016855 F9SO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005391 FeSn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910005987 Ge3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O Imidazolium Chemical compound C1=C[NH+]=CN1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiocyanatocyclopropane Chemical compound S=C=NC1CC1 JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017589 La3Co2Sn7 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018262 LaSn3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910011970 Li2.6Co0.4N3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010820 Li2B10Cl10 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910011158 Li2Bi2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910008218 Li3-XMxN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910012127 Li3−xMxN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013188 LiBOB Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013375 LiC Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001559 LiC4F9SO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000552 LiCF3SO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910014422 LiNi1/3Mn1/3Co1/3O2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019688 Mg2Ge Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019752 Mg2Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019743 Mg2Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004813 Moessbauer spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005483 Ni2MnSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005099 Ni3Sn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002319 Poly(methyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910018320 SbSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002978 Vinylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910007379 Zn3N2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] Chemical compound [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N adiponitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCCC#N BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ACKHWUITNXEGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum cobalt(2+) nickel(2+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Al+3].[Co+2].[Ni+2] ACKHWUITNXEGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000779 annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium titanate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])([O-])[O-] JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric acid octyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002134 carbon nanofiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021446 cobalt carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940044175 cobalt sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000361 cobalt sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KTVIXTQDYHMGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(2+) sulfate Chemical compound [Co+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O KTVIXTQDYHMGHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZOTKGJBKKKVBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(2+);carbonate Chemical compound [Co+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZOTKGJBKKKVBJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- MULYSYXKGICWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(2+);oxalate Chemical compound [Co+2].[O-]C(=O)C([O-])=O MULYSYXKGICWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Co+2] ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010280 constant potential charging Methods 0.000 description 1
- BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(I) oxide Inorganic materials [Cu]O[Cu] BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cuprous oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Cu+].[Cu+] KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo]=O QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000407 epitaxy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 229920001973 fluoroelastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011245 gel electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021385 hard carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium antimonide Chemical compound [Sb]#[In] WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012905 input function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Fe](F)F SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000005001 laminate film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001540 lithium hexafluoroarsenate(V) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MHCFAGZWMAWTNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium perchlorate Chemical compound [Li+].[O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O MHCFAGZWMAWTNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001486 lithium perchlorate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001537 lithium tetrachloroaluminate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001496 lithium tetrafluoroborate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSZMZKBZAYQGRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F QSZMZKBZAYQGRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;manganese;nickel;oxocobalt Chemical compound [Li].[Mn].[Ni].[Co]=O VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxonickel Chemical compound [Li].[Ni]=O URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001646 magnetic resonance method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011302 mesophase pitch Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanide Chemical compound [CH3-] LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940017219 methyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyric acid methyl ester Natural products CCCC(=O)OC UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001683 neutron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910021396 non-graphitizing carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical group [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005569 poly(vinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007873 sieving Methods 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021384 soft carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinonitrile Chemical compound N#CCCC#N IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Sn]=O QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000314 transition metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BHZCMUVGYXEBMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trilithium;azanide Chemical group [Li+].[Li+].[Li+].[NH2-] BHZCMUVGYXEBMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- DZKDPOPGYFUOGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[W]=O DZKDPOPGYFUOGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/362—Composites
- H01M4/366—Composites as layered products
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G51/00—Compounds of cobalt
- C01G51/40—Cobaltates
- C01G51/42—Cobaltates containing alkali metals, e.g. LiCoO2
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES OR LIGHT-SENSITIVE DEVICES, OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/24—Electrodes characterised by structural features of the materials making up or comprised in the electrodes, e.g. form, surface area or porosity; characterised by the structural features of powders or particles used therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES OR LIGHT-SENSITIVE DEVICES, OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/30—Electrodes characterised by their material
- H01G11/50—Electrodes characterised by their material specially adapted for lithium-ion capacitors, e.g. for lithium-doping or for intercalation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES OR LIGHT-SENSITIVE DEVICES, OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/54—Electrolytes
- H01G11/58—Liquid electrolytes
- H01G11/60—Liquid electrolytes characterised by the solvent
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES OR LIGHT-SENSITIVE DEVICES, OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/84—Processes for the manufacture of hybrid or EDL capacitors, or components thereof
- H01G11/86—Processes for the manufacture of hybrid or EDL capacitors, or components thereof specially adapted for electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/04—Processes of manufacture in general
- H01M4/0471—Processes of manufacture in general involving thermal treatment, e.g. firing, sintering, backing particulate active material, thermal decomposition, pyrolysis
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/131—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/485—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of mixed oxides or hydroxides for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiTi2O4 or LiTi2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/50—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese
- H01M4/505—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing manganese for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiMn2O4 or LiMn2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/52—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron
- H01M4/525—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing iron, cobalt or nickel for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiNiO2, LiCoO2 or LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2004/00—Particle morphology
- C01P2004/80—Particles consisting of a mixture of two or more inorganic phases
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
- H01M10/0525—Rocking-chair batteries, i.e. batteries with lithium insertion or intercalation in both electrodes; Lithium-ion batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/026—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/028—Positive electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
- H01M4/628—Inhibitors, e.g. gassing inhibitors, corrosion inhibitors
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02T—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
- Y02T10/00—Road transport of goods or passengers
- Y02T10/60—Other road transportation technologies with climate change mitigation effect
- Y02T10/70—Energy storage systems for electromobility, e.g. batteries
Definitions
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method.
- the present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter.
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a manufacturing method thereof.
- one embodiment of the present invention relates to a positive electrode active material that can be used in a secondary battery, a secondary battery, and an electronic device including a secondary battery.
- the power storage device is a collective term describing units and devices having a power storage function.
- a storage battery such as a lithium-ion secondary battery (also referred to as secondary battery), a lithium-ion capacitor, and an electric double layer capacitor are included in the category of the power storage device.
- electronic devices in this specification mean all devices including power storage devices, and electro-optical devices including power storage devices, information terminal devices including power storage devices, and the like are all electronic devices.
- lithium-ion secondary batteries lithium-ion capacitors
- air batteries air batteries
- a demand for lithium-ion secondary batteries with high output and high capacity has rapidly grown with the development of the semiconductor industry, for portable information terminals such as mobile phones, smartphones, and laptop computers, portable music players, and digital cameras; medical equipment; next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV); and the like.
- the lithium-ion secondary batteries are essential as rechargeable energy supply sources for today's information society.
- the performance currently required for lithium-ion secondary batteries includes increased capacity, improved cycle characteristics, safe operation under a variety of environments, and longer-term reliability.
- the capacity of lithium cobalt oxide which is often used as a positive electrode active material of a lithium ion secondary battery, is 155 mAh/g when the charging voltage is 4.3 V, and is 220 mAh/g when the charging voltage is increased to 4.6 V (see FIG. 21A ).
- the cycle characteristics deteriorate due to the increased charging voltage.
- the capacity retention percentage of lithium cobalt oxide is 95% or more after 30 cycles when the charging voltage is 4.4 V, but is decreased to 50% or less after 30 cycles when the charging voltage is increased to 4.6 V (see FIG. 21B ).
- Patent Document 1 improvement of a positive electrode active material has been studied to increase the cycle characteristics and the capacity of the lithium ion secondary battery (Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).
- lithium ion secondary batteries and positive electrode active materials used therein is susceptible to improvement in terms of capacity, cycle characteristics, charge and discharge characteristics, reliability, safety, cost, and the like.
- An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a high-capacity secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel material, active material, storage device, or a manufacturing method thereof.
- one embodiment of the present invention is characterized in that a covering layer is formed on a superficial portion of a positive electrode active material by segregation.
- the positive electrode active material includes a first region and a second region.
- the first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the second region exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and part of the inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the first region includes lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen.
- the second region includes magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
- the positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine.
- the total atom amount of the lithium, the transition metal, the oxygen, the magnesium, and the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is taken as 100 atomic %.
- a concentration of the magnesium on the surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 1 atomic % or more and 16 atomic % or less.
- a concentration of the fluorine on the surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 0.2 atomic % or more and 4 atomic % or less.
- the positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine.
- the positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine.
- a peak position of a bonding energy of the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV.
- the transition metal preferably includes cobalt.
- the transition metal preferably includes manganese, cobalt, and nickel.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region and a second region.
- the first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the first region includes lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen.
- the first region has a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- the second region exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and part of the inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the second region includes magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
- the second region has a rock-salt crystal structure. Orientations of the crystal in the first region and the crystal in the second region are aligned with each other.
- a peak position of a bonding energy of the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is preferably 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a manufacturing method of a positive electrode active material including a step of mixing a lithium source, a transition metal source, a magnesium source, and a fluorine source, a heating step at 800° C. or higher and 1100° C. or lower for 2 hours or more and 20 hours or less, and a heating step in an oxygen-containing atmosphere at 500° C. or higher and 1200° C. or lower for a retention time of 50 hours or less.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region and a second region.
- the first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the first region includes lithium, cobalt, and oxygen.
- the second region includes cobalt, magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
- L 3 /L 2 of the cobalt included in the first region is less than 3.8 and L 3 /L 2 of the cobalt included in the second region is 3.8 or more when the positive electrode active material is measured by electron energy loss spectroscopy.
- a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery is provided.
- a lithium secondary battery with high capacity can be provided.
- a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics can be provided.
- a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery can be provided.
- a novel material, active material, storage device, or formation method thereof can be provided.
- FIGS. 1A to 1C show an example of a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 2 shows an example of a manufacturing method of the positive electrode active material.
- FIGS. 3A and 3B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive.
- FIGS. 4A and 4B show a coin-type secondary battery.
- FIGS. 5A to 5D show a cylindrical secondary battery.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate an example of a secondary battery.
- FIGS. 7 A 1 to 7 B 2 illustrate an example of a secondary battery.
- FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate an example of a secondary battery.
- FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a secondary battery.
- FIGS. 10A to 10C illustrate a laminated secondary battery.
- FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate a laminated secondary battery.
- FIG. 12 is an external view of a secondary battery.
- FIG. 13 is an external view of a secondary battery.
- FIGS. 14A to 14C illustrate a manufacturing method of a secondary battery.
- FIGS. 15A and 15D illustrate a bendable secondary battery.
- FIGS. 16A and 16B illustrate a bendable secondary battery.
- FIGS. 17A to 17G illustrate an example of an electronic device.
- FIGS. 18A to 18C illustrate an example of an electronic device.
- FIG. 19 illustrates an example of an electronic device.
- FIGS. 20A to 20C illustrate an example of an electronic device.
- FIGS. 21A and 21B show characteristics of a conventional secondary battery.
- FIGS. 22A to 22C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 1.
- FIGS. 23A to 23C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 1.
- FIG. 24 is a graph showing the magnesium content in the vicinity of the surface of a positive electrode active material in Example 1.
- FIGS. 25A and 25B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIG. 26 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIG. 27 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIGS. 28A and 28B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIGS. 29A and 29B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2.
- FIGS. 30A and 30B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2.
- FIGS. 31A to 31C are graphs showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2.
- FIGS. 32A and 32B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2.
- FIGS. 33A to 33C are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIGS. 34A to 34C are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIGS. 35A to 35C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIG. 36 is a TEM image of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIGS. 37 A 1 to 37 B 2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIG. 38 shows ToF-SIMS depth analysis of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIG. 39 shows XPS spectra of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIGS. 40A and 40B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4.
- FIGS. 41A to 41C are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4.
- FIGS. 42A to 42C are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4.
- FIGS. 43A and 43B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 6.
- FIGS. 44A and 44B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIGS. 45A and 45B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIGS. 46A to 46D are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIG. 47 is a STEM image and an estimation model of a crystal structure of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIGS. 48 A 1 to 48 B 2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIGS. 49 A 1 to 49 B 2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIG. 50 is a graph showing EELS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 7.
- FIG. 51 is a graph showing EELS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 7.
- the Miller index is used for the expression of crystal planes and orientations.
- a superscript bar is placed over a number in the expression using the Miller index; however, in this specification and the like, crystal planes and orientations are expressed by placing a minus sign ( ⁇ ) at the front of a number because of expression limitations.
- ⁇ minus sign
- an individual direction which shows an orientation in crystal is denoted by “[ ]”
- a set direction which shows all of the equivalent orientations is denoted by “ ⁇ >”
- an individual direction which shows a crystal plane is denoted by “( )”
- a set plane having equivalent symmetry is denoted by “ ⁇ ⁇ ”.
- segregation refers to a phenomenon in which, in a solid made of a plurality of elements (e.g., A, B, and C), a certain element (for example, B) is non-uniformly distributed.
- a layered rock-salt crystal structure included in composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal refers to a crystal structure in which a rock-salt ion arrangement where cations and anions are alternately arranged is included and the lithium and the transition metal are regularly arranged to form a two-dimensional plane, so that lithium can be two-dimensionally diffused. Note that a defect such as a cation or anion vacancy can exist. In the layered rock-salt crystal structure, strictly, a lattice of a rock-salt crystal is distorted in some cases.
- a rock-salt crystal structure refers to a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. Note that a cation or anion vacancy may exist.
- Anions of a layered rock-salt crystal and anions of a rock-salt crystal each form a cubic closest packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure).
- a layered rock-salt crystal and a rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other, there is a crystal plane at which directions of cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other.
- a space group of the layered rock-salt crystal is R-3m, which is different from a space group Fm-3m of a rock-salt crystal; thus, the index of the crystal plane satisfying the above conditions in the layered rock-salt crystal is different from that in the rock-salt crystal.
- a state where the orientations of the cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other can be referred to as a state where crystal orientations are substantially aligned with each other.
- the orientation of crystals substantially is aligned in the following cases: the (1-1-4) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the ⁇ 001 ⁇ plane of magnesium oxide, the (104) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the ⁇ 001 ⁇ plane of magnesium oxide, the (0-14) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with ⁇ 001 ⁇ plane of the magnesium oxide, the (001) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the ⁇ 111 ⁇ plane of magnesium oxide, the (012) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the ⁇ 111 ⁇ plane of magnesium oxide, and the like.
- Whether the crystal orientations in two regions are substantially aligned with each other or not can be judged by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) image, a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image, an annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy (ABF-STEM) image, and the like.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- HAADF-STEM high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy
- ABSTEM annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy
- epitaxy a state where structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity. Crystal growth in which structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxial growth”. In addition, a state where three-dimensional structures have similarity or orientations are crystallographically the same is referred to as “topotaxy”. Thus, in the case of topotaxy, when part of a cross section is observed, orientations of crystals in two regions (e.g., a region serving as a base and a region formed through growth) are substantially aligned with each other.
- the positive electrode active material 100 which is one embodiment of the present invention, is described with reference to FIGS. 1A to 1C .
- the positive electrode active material 100 includes a first region 101 and a second region 102 .
- the second region 102 can be located over the first region 101 or can cover at least part of the first region 101 .
- the first region 101 has composition different from that of the second region 102 . It is preferable that the second region 102 be a region where segregation of a particular element is observed. Thus, the boundary between the two regions is not clear in some cases.
- FIG. 1A the boundary between the first region 101 and the second region 102 is shown by the dotted lines, and the contrast across the dotted lines means a concentration gradient.
- FIG. 1B and the following drawings the boundary between the first region 101 and the second region 102 is shown only by the dotted lines for convenience. The details of the first region 101 and the second region 102 are described later.
- the second region 102 may exist in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material.
- segregation of a particular element may be observed in the grain boundary or in the vicinity thereof to form the second region 102 .
- segregation of a particular element may be observed in a portion which includes crystal defects in the positive electrode active material or in the vicinity thereof to form the second region 102 .
- crystal defects refer to defects which can be observed from a TEM image and the like, that is, a structure in which another element enters the crystal.
- the second region 102 does not necessarily cover the entire first region 101 .
- the first region 101 exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material 100
- the second region 102 exists in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100
- the second region 102 may exist in the inner portion of the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the first region 101 and the second region 102 can be referred to as a solid phase A and a solid phase B, respectively.
- D50 (also referred to as a median diameter) is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less.
- the first region 101 contains lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen.
- the first region 101 includes composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal.
- the transition metal contained in the first region 101 a metal that can form lithium and layered rock-salt composite oxide is preferably used.
- a metal that can form lithium and layered rock-salt composite oxide is preferably used.
- one or a plurality of manganese, cobalt, and nickel can be used. That is, as the transition metal contained in the first region 101 , only cobalt may be used, cobalt and manganese may be used, or cobalt, manganese, and nickel may be used.
- the first region 101 may include a metal other than the transition metal, such as aluminum.
- the first region 101 can contain a composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal, such as lithium cobalt oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which manganese is substituted for part of cobalt, lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide and the like, and nickel-cobalt-aluminum oxide and the like.
- the transition metal such as lithium cobalt oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which manganese is substituted for part of cobalt, lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide and the like, and nickel-cobalt-aluminum oxide and the like.
- the first region 101 serves as a region which particularly contributes to a charge and discharge reaction in the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the volume of the first region 101 is preferably larger than those of the second region 102 .
- the layered rock-salt crystal structure is preferable for the first region 101 because lithium is likely to be diffused two-dimensionally.
- segregation of a representative element such as magnesium, which is described later tends to occur unexpectedly.
- the entire first region 101 does not necessarily have a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- part of the first region 101 may include crystal defects, may be amorphous, or may have another crystal structure.
- the second region 102 contains magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
- the second region 102 may contain magnesium oxide and part of the oxygen may be substituted with fluorine.
- the second region 102 covers at least part of the first region 101 .
- Magnesium oxide contained in the second region 102 is an electrochemically stable material that is less likely to deteriorate even when charge and discharge are repeated; thus, the second region 102 is suitable for a coating layer.
- the thickness of the second region 102 is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 50 nm, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 3 nm.
- the second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure because orientations of crystals are likely to be aligned with those of the first region 101 , and the second region 102 is likely to function as a stable coating layer. Note that the entire second region 102 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure. For example, part of the second region 102 may be amorphous or has another crystal structure.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one embodiment of the present invention includes the second region 102 in a superficial portion; thus, the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal contained in the first region 101 can be more stable.
- the second region 102 contains magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen, and preferably the same transition metal contained in the first region 101 .
- the valence of the transition metal is preferably different between these two regions. Specifically, it is preferable that, in the transition metal contained in the first region 101 , the number of trivalent atoms be larger than the number of atoms exhibiting other valences, and in the transition metal contained in the second region 102 , the number of divalent atoms be larger than the number of atoms exhibiting other valences.
- the metal oxide can form a stable solid solution with magnesium oxide, which is also divalent metal oxide.
- the second region 102 can be a covering layer which is more stable and favorable.
- the valence of transition metals can be analyzed by energy loss spectroscopy (EELS), X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy measurement (XPS), electron spin resonance (ESR), Moessbauer spectroscopy, or the like.
- EELS is preferable because of the high spatial resolution. Even if the second region 102 is a thin layer with a thickness of about several nanometers, the analysis can be performed.
- the valence of transition metals When the valence of transition metals is analyzed by EELS, the valence can be determined from the ratio between L 3 and L 2 (L 3 /L 2 ). The larger the L 3 /L 2 is, the higher the proportion of divalent transition metals is.
- the L 3 /L 2 of the transition metals contained in the first region 101 and the second region 102 are preferably less than 3.8 and more than or equal to 3.8, respectively.
- the second region 102 may further contain lithium in addition to the above-described elements.
- the second region 102 also exist in the first region 101 as shown in FIG. 1B because the crystal structure of composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal included in the first region 101 can be more stable.
- fluorine contained in the second region 102 exists preferably in a bonding state other than MgF 2 and LiF.
- a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine and other elements is preferably higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than 685 eV, further preferably approximately 684.3 eV.
- the bonding energy does not correspond to those of MgF 2 and LiF.
- a peak position of bonding energy with an element in an XPS analysis refers to a value of bonding energy at which the maximum intensity of an energy spectrum is obtained in a range corresponding to bonding energy of the element.
- the difference in composition between the first region 101 and the second region 102 can be observed using a TEM image, a STEM image, fast Fourier transform (FFT) analysis, energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry (EDX), an analysis in the depth direction by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron spectroscopy, thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS), or the like.
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- EDX energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry
- ToF-SIMS time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry
- XPS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
- Auger electron spectroscopy thermal desorption spectroscopy
- TDS thermal desorption spectroscopy
- the range of the second region 102 that exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100 refers to a region from the outermost surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a region where a concentration of a representative element such as magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is 1 ⁇ 5 of a peak.
- a concentration peak of magnesium exists preferably in a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 2 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the depth at which the concentration of magnesium becomes 1 ⁇ 5 of the peak is different depending on the manufacturing method. However, in the case of a manufacturing method described later, the depth is approximately 2 nm to 5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- the range of the second region 102 refers to a region where a concentration of magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 5 of a peak.
- a distribution of fluorine in the positive electrode active material 100 preferably overlaps with a distribution of magnesium.
- a peak of a concentration of fluorine preferably exists in a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 2 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the second region 102 can be referred to as a density inclined region in which the concentration of magnesium and fluorine is reduced from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 toward the inner portion.
- the concentration of magnesium and fluorine can be analyzed by ToF-SIMS, XPS, Auger electron spectroscopy, TDS, or the like.
- the measurement range of the XPS is from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a region at a depth of approximately 5 nm.
- the element concentration at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively.
- the thickness of the second region 102 is less than 5 nm, the element concentration of the sum of the second region 102 and part of the first region 101 can be quantitatively analyzed.
- the thickness of the second region 102 is 5 nm or more from the surface, the element concentration of the second region 102 can be quantitatively analyzed.
- the transition metal contained in the first region 101 , oxygen, fluorine, and magnesium is 100 atomic %
- the magnesium concentration is preferably 1 atomic % or more and 16 atomic % or less
- the fluorine concentration is preferably 0.2 atomic % or more and 4 atomic % or less.
- the concentrations of magnesium and fluorine are gradually decreased from the surface toward the inner portion; thus, the first region 101 may contain the element contained in the second region 102 , such as magnesium. Similarly, the second region 102 may contain the element contained in the first region 101 . In addition, the first region 101 may contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium. The second region 102 may contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium.
- the second region 102 can be formed by a sputtering method, a solid phase method, a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, or the like.
- a magnesium source and a fluorine source are mixed with starting materials and then the mixture is heated, the magnesium is segregated to form the second region 102 .
- the positive electrode active material including the second region 102 formed in this manner has more favorable characteristics.
- Example 4 of Patent Document 2 Patent Application No. 2016-076454
- a composite oxide containing magnesium is synthesized, then powder of the composite oxide and lithium fluoride are mixed and heated, whereby fluorinated lithiumized surface oxide is formed on the surface of the composite oxide.
- magnesium is not detected from the surface oxide formed in this method.
- the present inventors succeeded in segregating magnesium oxide on the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100 by mixing a magnesium source and a fluorine source with starting materials.
- the present inventors found that the fluorine added to the starting material exhibited an unexpected effect of segregating magnesium.
- the second region 102 is formed by magnesium segregation, magnesium segregation can occur not only in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100 but also in a grain boundary and the vicinity thereof and crystal defects and the vicinity thereof.
- the second region 102 formed in a grain boundary and the vicinity thereof and in crystal defects and the vicinity thereof can contribute to further improvement in stability of the crystal structure of the composite oxide containing lithium and the transition metal contained in the first region 101 .
- the second region 102 formed by segregation is formed by epitaxial growth, orientations of crystals in the first region 101 and the second region 102 are partly and substantially aligned with each other in some cases. That is, the first region 101 and the second region 102 become topotaxy in some cases.
- the second region 102 can serve as a more favorable coating layer.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may include a third region 103 .
- the third region 103 can be provided, for example, so as to be in contact with at least a part of the second region 102 .
- the third region 103 may be a coating film containing carbon such as graphene compounds or may be a coating film containing lithium or an electrolyte decomposition product.
- the third region 103 is a coating film containing carbon, it is possible to increase the conductivity between the positive electrode active materials 100 and between the positive electrode active material 100 and the current collector.
- the third region 103 is a coating film having decomposition products of lithium or an electrolytic solution, excessive reaction with the electrolytic solution can be suppressed, and cycle characteristics can be improved when used for a secondary battery.
- a buffer region may be provided between the first region 101 and the second region 102 .
- the buffer region preferably contains metals such as titanium, aluminum, zirconium, and vanadium in addition to lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen, for example.
- the buffer region may overlap with the first region 101 and the second region 102 . If a positive electrode active material 100 having a buffer region is used, the crystal structure of the first region 101 and the second region 102 can be further stabilized and a positive electrode active material having excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained, which is preferable.
- a manufacturing method of the positive electrode active material 100 including the first region 101 and the second region 102 is described with reference to FIG. 2 .
- the second region 102 is formed by segregation.
- a transition metal contained in the first region 101 is cobalt, that is, the first region 101 contains lithium cobalt oxide.
- the second region 102 containing magnesium oxide and fluorine is formed by segregation.
- starting materials are prepared (S 11 ). Specifically, a lithium source, a cobalt source, a magnesium source, and a fluorine source were individually weighed.
- the lithium source for example, lithium carbonate, lithium fluoride, or lithium hydroxide can be used.
- the cobalt source for example, cobalt oxide, cobalt hydroxide, cobalt oxyhydroxide, cobalt carbonate, cobalt oxalate, cobalt sulfate, or the like can be used.
- the magnesium source for example, magnesium oxide, magnesium fluoride, or the like can be used.
- the fluorine source for example, lithium fluoride, magnesium fluoride, or the like can be used. That is, lithium fluoride can be used as both a lithium source and a fluorine source.
- Magnesium fluoride can be used as a magnesium source or as a fluorine source.
- lithium carbonate Li 2 CO 3
- cobalt oxide Co 3 O 4
- magnesium oxide MgO
- lithium fluoride LiF
- the molar ratio between the materials can be shown as follows:
- the weighed starting material is mixed (S 12 ).
- a ball mill, a bead mill, or the like can be used for the mixing.
- the first heating is preferably performed at higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1050° C., further preferably at higher than or equal to 900° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C.
- the heating time is preferably greater than or equal to 2 hours and less than or equal to 20 hours.
- the first heating is preferably performed in a dried atmosphere such as dry air. In the dried atmosphere, for example, the dew point is preferably lower than or equal to ⁇ 50° C., further preferably lower than or equal to ⁇ 100° C. In this embodiment, the heating is performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is ⁇ 109° C. flows at 10 L/min.
- a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal that is included in the first region 101 , can be synthesized. Also, by the first heating, part of the magnesium and fluorine contained in the starting material is segregated on the superficial portion of the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal. Note that most of the magnesium and fluorine at this stage forms a solid solution in the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal.
- the material heated in S 13 is cooled to room temperature (S 14 ).
- the cooling time is preferably equal to or longer than the temperature rising time, for example, 10 hours or longer and 15 hours or shorter.
- the synthesized material is preferably made to pass through a sieve. A 53- ⁇ m mesh sieve is used in this embodiment.
- Step 12 to Step 14 can be skipped.
- the material cooled in S 14 is subjected to a second heating (S 15 ).
- This step can be referred to as a second heating or annealing to distinguish this step from the heating step performed before.
- the optimal conditions for the second heating are changed depending on the particle size, composition, and the like of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium.
- the second heating be performed for a holding time at a specified temperature of 50 hours or shorter, more preferably 2 hours or longer and 10 hours or shorter.
- the specified temperature is preferably higher than or equal to 500° C. and lower than or equal to 1200° C., further preferably higher than or equal to 700° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C., still further preferably about 800° C.
- the heating is performed preferably in an oxygen-containing atmosphere.
- the heating is performed at 800° C. for 2 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is ⁇ 109° C. flows at 10 L/min.
- the second heating in S 15 facilitates segregation of the magnesium and fluorine contained in the starting material on the superficial portion of the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal.
- the material heated in S 15 is cooled to room temperature.
- the cooling time is preferably equal to or longer than the temperature rising time.
- the cooled material is collected (S 16 ), and the positive electrode active material 100 including the first region 101 and the second region 102 can be obtained.
- the use of the positive electrode active material described in the present embodiment can provide a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics.
- This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- examples of materials which can be used for a secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described.
- a secondary battery in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte solution are wrapped in an exterior body is described as an example.
- the positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
- the positive electrode active material layer contains a positive electrode active material.
- the positive electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- the positive electrode active material As the positive electrode active material, the positive electrode active material 100 described in the above embodiment can be used. When the above-described positive electrode active material 100 is used, a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the conductive additive examples include a carbon material, a metal material, and a conductive ceramic material.
- a fiber material may be used as the conductive additive.
- the content of the conductive additive with respect to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt % and less than or equal to 10 wt %, more preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt % and less than or equal to 5 wt %.
- a network for electric conduction can be formed in the electrode by the conductive additive.
- the conductive additive also allows maintaining of a path for electric conduction between the positive electrode active material particles.
- the addition of the conductive additive to the active material layer increases the electric conductivity of the active material layer.
- Examples of the conductive additive include natural graphite, artificial graphite such as mesocarbon microbeads, and carbon fiber.
- Examples of carbon fiber include mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber, isotropic pitch-based carbon fiber, carbon nanofiber, and carbon nanotube. Carbon nanotube can be formed by, for example, a vapor deposition method.
- Other examples of the conductive additive include carbon materials such as carbon black (e.g., acetylene black (AB)), graphite (black lead) particles, graphene, and fullerene.
- metal powder or metal fibers of copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, gold, or the like, a conductive ceramic material, or the like can be used.
- a graphene compound may be used as the conductive additive.
- a graphene compound has excellent electrical characteristics of high conductivity and excellent physical properties of high flexibility and high mechanical strength. Furthermore, a graphene compound has a planar shape. A graphene compound enables low-resistance surface contact. Furthermore, a graphene compound has extremely high conductivity even with a small thickness in some cases and thus allows a conductive path to be formed in an active material layer efficiently even with a small amount. For this reason, it is preferable to use a graphene compound as the conductive additive because the area where the active material and the conductive additive are in contact with each other can be increased.
- RGO refers to a compound obtained by reducing graphene oxide (GO), for example.
- the specific surface area of the active material is large and thus more conductive paths for the active material particles are needed.
- the amount of conductive additive tends to increase and the supported amount of active material tends to decrease relatively.
- the capacity of the secondary battery also decreases.
- a graphene compound that can efficiently form a conductive path even in a small amount is particularly preferably used as the conductive additive because the supported amount of active material does not decrease.
- a cross-sectional structure example of an active material layer 200 containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive is described below.
- FIG. 3A shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the active material layer 200 .
- the active material layer 200 includes positive electrode active material particles 100 , a graphene compound 201 serving as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated).
- graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as the graphene compound 201 , for example.
- the graphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape.
- the graphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other.
- the longitudinal cross section of the active material layer 200 in FIG. 3A shows substantially uniform dispersion of the sheet-like graphene compounds 201 in the active material layer 200 .
- the graphene compounds 201 are schematically shown by thick lines in FIG. 3A but are actually thin films each having a thickness corresponding to the thickness of a single layer or a multi-layer of carbon molecules.
- the plurality of graphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to partly coat or adhere to the surfaces of the plurality of positive electrode active material particles 100 , so that the graphene compounds 201 make surface contact with the positive electrode active material particles 100 .
- the plurality of graphene compounds are bonded to each other to form a net-like graphene compound sheet (hereinafter referred to as a graphene compound net or a graphene net).
- the graphene net covering the active material can function as a binder for bonding active materials.
- the amount of a binder can thus be reduced, or the binder does not have to be used. This can increase the proportion of the active material in the electrode volume or weight. That is to say, the capacity of the storage device can be increased.
- graphene oxide is used as the graphene compound 201 and mixed with an active material.
- the graphene compounds 201 can be substantially uniformly dispersed in the active material layer 200 .
- the solvent is removed by volatilization from a dispersion medium in which graphene oxide is uniformly dispersed, and the graphene oxide is reduced; hence, the graphene compounds 201 remaining in the active material layer 200 partly overlap with each other and are dispersed such that surface contact is made, thereby forming a three-dimensional conduction path.
- graphene oxide can be reduced either by heat treatment or with the use of a reducing agent, for example.
- the graphene compound 201 is capable of making low-resistance surface contact; accordingly, the electrical conduction between the positive electrode active material particles 100 and the graphene compounds 201 can be improved with a smaller amount of the graphene compound 201 than that of a normal conductive additive. This increases the proportion of the positive electrode active material 100 in the active material layer 200 , resulting in increased discharge capacity of the storage device.
- a rubber material such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, or ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer can be used, for example.
- SBR styrene-butadiene rubber
- fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- water-soluble polymers are preferably used.
- a polysaccharide and the like can be used.
- a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, starch, or the like can be used. It is more preferred that such water-soluble polymers be used in combination with any of the above rubber materials.
- a material such as polystyrene, poly(methyl acrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene-propylene-diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose is preferably used.
- PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
- PAN polyacrylonitrile
- ethylene-propylene-diene polymer polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose
- a plurality of the above materials may be used in combination for the binder.
- a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect and another material may be used in combination.
- a rubber material or the like has high adhesion or high elasticity but may have difficulty in viscosity modification when mixed in a solvent.
- a rubber material or the like is preferably mixed with a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example.
- a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect for example, a water-soluble polymer is preferably used.
- a water-soluble polymer having an especially significant viscosity modifying effect is the above-mentioned polysaccharide; for example, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used.
- CMC carboxymethyl cellulose
- methyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- ethyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- hydroxypropyl cellulose diacetyl cellulose
- regenerated cellulose or starch
- a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose obtains a higher solubility when converted into a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose, and accordingly, easily exerts an effect as a viscosity modifier.
- the high solubility can also increase the dispersibility of an active material and other components in the formation of slurry for an electrode.
- cellulose and a cellulose derivative used as a binder of an electrode include salts thereof.
- the water-soluble polymers stabilize viscosity by being dissolved in water and allow stable dispersion of the active material and another material combined as a binder such as styrene-butadiene rubber in an aqueous solution. Furthermore, a water-soluble polymer is expected to be easily and stably adsorbed to an active material surface because it has a functional group. Many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose have functional groups such as a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Because of functional groups, polymers are expected to interact with each other and cover an active material surface in a large area.
- the film is expected to serve as a passivation film to suppress the decomposition of the electrolyte solution.
- the passivation film refers to a film without electric conductivity or a film with extremely low electric conductivity, and can inhibit the decomposition of an electrolyte solution at a potential at which a battery reaction occurs in the case where the passivation film is formed on the active material surface, for example. It is preferred that the passivation film can conduct lithium ions while suppressing electric conduction.
- the positive electrode current collector can be formed using a material that has high conductivity, such as a metal like stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, or titanium, or an alloy thereof. It is preferred that a material used for the positive electrode current collector not dissolve at the potential of the positive electrode.
- the positive electrode current collector can be formed using an aluminum alloy to which an element that improves heat resistance, such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, or molybdenum, is added. Still alternatively, a metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon can be used.
- Examples of the metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon include zirconium, titanium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, and nickel.
- the current collector can have any of various shapes including a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape (sheet-like shape), a net-like shape, a punching-metal shape, and an expanded-metal shape.
- the current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
- the negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector.
- the negative electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- a negative electrode active material for example, an alloy-based material or a carbon-based material can be used.
- an element which enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium can be used.
- a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, and the like can be used.
- Such elements have higher capacity than carbon.
- silicon has a significantly high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, silicon is preferably used as the negative electrode active material.
- a compound containing any of the above elements may be used.
- Examples of the compound include SiO, Mg 2 Si, Mg 2 Ge, SnO, SnO 2 , Mg 2 Sn, SnS 2 , V 2 Sn 3 , FeSn 2 , CoSn 2 , Ni 3 Sn 2 , Cu 6 Sn 5 , Ag 3 Sn, Ag 3 Sb, Ni 2 MnSb, CeSb 3 , LaSn 3 , La 3 Co 2 Sn 7 , CoSb 3 , InSb, and SbSn.
- an alloy-based material an element that enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound containing the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- SiO refers, for example, to silicon monoxide. SiO can alternatively be expressed as SiO x .
- x preferably has an approximate value of 1.
- x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- carbon-based material graphite, graphitizing carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizing carbon (hard carbon), a carbon nanotube, graphene, carbon black, and the like can be used.
- graphite examples include artificial graphite and natural graphite.
- artificial graphite examples include meso-carbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite.
- MCMB meso-carbon microbeads
- pitch-based artificial graphite examples include pitch-based artificial graphite.
- spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used.
- MCMB is preferably used because it may have a spherical shape.
- MCMB may preferably be used because it can relatively easily have a small surface area.
- natural graphite examples include flake graphite and spherical natural graphite.
- Graphite has a low potential substantially equal to that of a lithium metal (higher than or equal to 0.05 V and lower than or equal to 0.3 V vs. Li/Li + ) when lithium ions are intercalated into the graphite (while a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is formed). For this reason, a lithium-ion secondary battery can have a high operating voltage.
- graphite is preferred because of its advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and higher level of safety than that of a lithium metal.
- an oxide such as titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ), lithium titanium oxide (Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 ), lithium-graphite intercalation compound (Li x C 6 ), niobium pentoxide (Nb 2 O 5 ), tungsten oxide (WO 2 ), or molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
- Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 is preferable because of high charge and discharge capacity (900 mAh/g and 1890 mAh/cm 3 ).
- a nitride containing lithium and a transition metal is preferably used, in which case lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material and thus the negative electrode active material can be used in combination with a material for a positive electrode active material which does not contain lithium ions, such as V 2 O 5 or Cr 3 O 8 .
- the nitride containing lithium and a transition metal can be used for the negative electrode active material by extracting the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- a material which causes a conversion reaction can be used for the negative electrode active material; for example, a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium, such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO), may be used.
- a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO)
- Other examples of the material which causes a conversion reaction include oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , and Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, nitrides such as Zn 3 N 2 , Cu 3 N, and Ge 3 N 4 , phosphides such as NiP 2 , FeP 2 , and CoP 3 , and fluorides such as FeF 3 and BiF 3 .
- the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the negative electrode active material layer materials similar to those of the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the positive electrode active material layer can be used.
- the negative electrode current collector a material similar to that of the positive electrode current collector can be used. Note that a material which is not alloyed with a carrier ion such as lithium is preferably used for the negative electrode current collector.
- the electrolyte solution contains a solvent and an electrolyte.
- a solvent of the electrolyte solution an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used.
- a solvent of the electrolyte solution an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used.
- EC ethylene carbonate
- PC propylene carbonate
- PC butylene carbonate
- chloroethylene carbonate vinylene carbonate
- ⁇ -butyrolactone ⁇ -valerolactone
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- EMC ethyl methyl carbonate
- methyl formate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, ace
- a gelled high-molecular material When a gelled high-molecular material is used as the solvent of the electrolytic solution, safety against liquid leakage and the like is improved. Furthermore, a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight.
- Typical examples of gelled high-molecular materials include a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a gel of a fluorine-based polymer, and the like.
- ionic liquids room temperature molten salts which have features of non-flammability and non-volatility
- An ionic liquid contains a cation and an anion.
- the ionic liquid contains an organic cation and an anion.
- organic cation used for the electrolyte solution examples include aliphatic onium cations such as a quaternary ammonium cation, a tertiary sulfonium cation, and a quaternary phosphonium cation, and aromatic cations such as an imidazolium cation and a pyridinium cation.
- anion used for the electrolyte solution examples include a monovalent amide-based anion, a monovalent methide-based anion, a fluorosulfonate anion, a perfluoroalkylsulfonate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a perfluoroalkylborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, and a perfluoroalkylphosphate anion.
- lithium salts such as LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 Bi 2 Cl 12 , LiCF 3 SO 3 , LiC 4 F 9 SO 3 , LiC(CF 3 SO 2 ) 3 , LiC(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 3 , LiN(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 , LiN(C 4 F 9 SO 2 ) (CF 3 SO 2 ), and LiN(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 can be used, or two or more of these lithium salts can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- lithium salts such as LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 Bi 2 Cl 12 , LiCF 3 SO 3 , LiC 4 F 9
- the electrolyte solution used for a storage device is preferably highly purified and contains a small amount of dust particles and elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolyte solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as impurities). Specifically, the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolyte solution is less than or equal to 1%, preferably less than or equal to 0.1%, and further preferably less than or equal to 0.01%.
- an additive agent such as vinylene carbonate, propane sultone (PS), tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), LiBOB, or a dinitrile compound such as succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added to the electrolyte solution.
- concentration of a material to be added with respect to the whole solvent is, for example, higher than or equal to 0.1 wt % and lower than or equal to 5 wt %.
- a gelled electrolyte obtained in such a manner that a polymer is swelled with an electrolyte solution may be used.
- a polymer gel electrolyte When a polymer gel electrolyte is used, safety against liquid leakage and the like is improved.
- a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight.
- a silicone gel As a polymer that undergoes gelation, a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a fluorine-based polymer gel, or the like can be used.
- polymer examples include a polymer having a polyalkylene oxide structure, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO); PVDF; polyacrylonitrile; and a copolymer containing any of them.
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- PVDF polyethylene oxide
- PVDF-HFP which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP) can be used.
- the formed polymer may be porous.
- a solid electrolyte including an inorganic material such as a sulfide-based inorganic material or an oxide-based inorganic material, or a solid electrolyte including a high-molecular material such as a polyethylene oxide (PEO)-based high-molecular material may alternatively be used.
- a separator and a spacer are not necessary.
- the battery can be entirely solidified, there is no possibility of liquid leakage to increase the safety of the battery dramatically.
- the secondary battery preferably includes a separator.
- a separator for example, paper; nonwoven fabric; glass fiber; ceramics; or synthetic fiber using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, or polyurethane can be used.
- the separator is preferably formed to have an envelope-like shape to wrap one of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- the separator may have a multilayer structure.
- an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic-based material, a fluorine-based material, a polyamide-based material, a mixture thereof, or the like.
- the ceramic-based material include aluminum oxide particles and silicon oxide particles.
- the fluorine-based material include PVDF and a polytetrafluoroethylene.
- the polyamide-based material include nylon and aramid (meta-based aramid and para-based aramid).
- Deterioration of the separator in charging and discharging at high voltage can be suppressed and thus the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved because oxidation resistance is improved when the separator is coated with the ceramic-based material.
- the separator is coated with the fluorine-based material, the separator is easily brought into close contact with an electrode, resulting in high output characteristics.
- the separator is coated with the polyamide-based material, in particular, aramid, the safety of the secondary battery is improved because heat resistance is improved.
- both surfaces of a polypropylene film may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid.
- a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with the mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with the fluorine-based material.
- the capacity of the secondary battery per volume can be increased because the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even when the total thickness of the separator is small.
- FIG. 4A is an external view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery
- FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view thereof.
- a positive electrode can 301 doubling as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 doubling as a negative electrode terminal are insulated from each other and sealed by a gasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like.
- a positive electrode 304 includes a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305 .
- a negative electrode 307 includes a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308 .
- each of the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used for the coin-type secondary battery 300 is provided with an active material layer.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are electrically connected to the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 , respectively.
- the negative electrode 307 , the positive electrode 304 , and the separator 310 are immersed in the electrolyte solution. Then, as illustrated in FIG. 4B , the positive electrode 304 , the separator 310 , the negative electrode 307 , and the negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 positioned at the bottom, and the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are subjected to pressure bonding with the gasket 303 located therebetween. In such a manner, the coin-type secondary battery 300 can be manufactured.
- the coin-type secondary battery 300 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- a cylindrical secondary battery 600 includes, as illustrated in FIG. 5A , a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces.
- the positive electrode cap and the battery can (outer can) 602 are insulated from each other by a gasket (insulating packing) 610 .
- FIG. 5B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the cylindrical secondary battery.
- a battery element in which a strip-like positive electrode 604 and a strip-like negative electrode 606 are wound with a strip-like separator 605 located therebetween is provided.
- the battery element is wound around a center pin.
- One end of the battery can 602 is close and the other end thereof is open.
- a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used.
- the battery can 602 is preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution.
- the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is provided between a pair of insulating plates 608 and 609 that face each other.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is injected inside the battery can 602 provided with the battery element.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte solution a nonaqueous electrolyte solution that is similar to that of the coin-type secondary battery can be used.
- a positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604
- a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606 .
- Both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 can be formed using a metal material such as aluminum.
- the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 are resistance-welded to a safety valve mechanism 612 and the bottom of the battery can 602 , respectively.
- the safety valve mechanism 612 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 through a positive temperature coefficient (PTC) element 611 .
- PTC positive temperature coefficient
- the safety valve mechanism 612 cuts off electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value.
- the PTC element 611 which serves as a thermally sensitive resistor whose resistance increases as temperature rises, limits the amount of current by increasing the resistance, in order to prevent abnormal heat generation.
- Barium titanate (BaTiO 3 )-based semiconductor ceramic can be used for the PTC element.
- a plurality of secondary batteries 600 may be sandwiched between a conductive plate 613 and a conductive plate 614 to form a module 615 .
- the plurality of secondary batteries 600 may be connected parallel to each other, connected in series, or connected in series after being connected parallel to each other. With the module 615 including the plurality of secondary batteries 600 , large electric power can be extracted.
- FIG. 5D is a top view of the module 615 .
- the conductive plate 613 is shown by a dotted line for clarity of the drawing.
- the module 615 may include a wiring 616 which electrically connects the plurality of secondary batteries 600 to each other. It is possible to provide the conductive plate 613 over the wiring 616 to overlap with each other.
- a temperature control device 617 may be provided between the plurality of secondary batteries 600 . When the secondary batteries 600 are overheated, the temperature control device 617 can cool them, and when the secondary batteries 600 are cooled too much, the temperature control device 617 can heat them. Thus, the performance of the module 615 is not easily influenced by the outside air temperature.
- the cylindrical secondary battery 600 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B Other structural examples of secondary batteries will be described with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B , FIGS. 7A-1, 7A-2, 7B-1, and 7B-2 , FIGS. 8A and 8B , and FIG. 9 .
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are external views of a battery pack.
- the battery pack includes a circuit board 900 and a secondary battery 913 .
- the secondary battery 913 includes a terminal 951 and a terminal 952 and is covered by a label 910 .
- the battery pack may include an antenna 914 .
- the circuit board 900 is fixed by a sealant 915 .
- the circuit board 900 includes a circuit 912 .
- the terminal 911 is electrically connected to the terminals 951 and 952 of the secondary battery 913 with the circuit board 900 therebetween.
- the terminal 911 is electrically connected to the antenna 914 and the circuit 912 with the circuit board 900 therebetween.
- a plurality of terminals 911 serving as a control signal input terminal, a power supply terminal, and the like may be provided.
- the circuit 912 serves as a protection circuit for protecting the secondary battery 913 from overcharge, overdischarge, and overcurrent.
- the circuit 912 may be provided on the rear surface of the circuit board 900 .
- the shape of the antenna 914 is not limited to a coil shape and may be a linear shape or a plate shape. Further, a planar antenna, an aperture antenna, a traveling-wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic-field antenna, or a dielectric antenna may be used.
- the antenna 914 has a function of communicating data with an external device, for example. As a system for communication using the antenna 914 between the battery pack and another device, a response method that can be used between the storage battery and another device, such as NFC, can be employed.
- the battery pack includes a layer 916 between the secondary battery 913 and the antenna 914 .
- the layer 916 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 913 , for example.
- a magnetic body can be used as the layer 916 .
- the structure of the battery pack is not limited to that shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B .
- FIGS. 7A-1 and 7A-2 two opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 in FIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with respective antennas.
- FIG. 7A-1 is an external view showing one side of the opposite surfaces
- FIG. 7A-2 is an external view showing the other side of the opposite surfaces.
- a description of the battery pack illustrated in FIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the antenna 914 is provided on one of the opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 with the layer 916 located therebetween, and as illustrated in FIG. 7A-2 , an antenna 918 is provided on the other of the opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 with a layer 917 located therebetween.
- the layer 917 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 913 , for example.
- a magnetic body can be used as the layer 917 .
- the battery pack can have two antennas and both of the antennas 914 and 918 can be increased in size.
- the antenna 918 may be a flat-plate conductor.
- the flat-plate conductor can serve as one of conductors for electric field coupling. That is, the antenna 914 can serve as one of two conductors of a capacitor.
- electric power can be transmitted and received not only by an electromagnetic field or a magnetic field but also by an electric field.
- the battery pack in FIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with a display device 920 .
- the display device 920 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 .
- a description of the battery pack illustrated in FIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the display device 920 can display, for example, an image showing whether charge is being carried out, an image showing the amount of stored power, or the like.
- electronic paper a liquid crystal display device, an electroluminescent (EL) display device, or the like can be used.
- EL electroluminescent
- the use of electronic paper can reduce power consumption of the display device 920 .
- the secondary battery 913 illustrated in FIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with a sensor 921 .
- the sensor 921 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 via a terminal 922 and the circuit board 900 .
- a description of the storage device illustrated in FIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the sensor 921 has a function of measuring, for example, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational frequency, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, sound, time, hardness, electric field, electric current, voltage, electric power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, oscillation, odor, or infrared rays.
- data on an environment e.g., temperature
- the storage device is placed can be determined and stored in a memory inside the circuit 912 .
- the secondary battery 913 illustrated in FIG. 8A includes a wound body 950 provided with the terminals 951 and 952 inside a housing 930 .
- the wound body 950 is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside the housing 930 .
- the terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930 .
- An insulator or the like inhibits contact between the terminal 951 and the housing 930 .
- the housing 930 divided into two pieces is illustrated for convenience; however, in the actual structure, the wound body 950 is covered with the housing 930 and the terminals 951 and 952 extend to the outside of the housing 930 .
- a metal material such as aluminum
- a resin material can be used for the housing 930 .
- the housing 930 in FIG. 8A may be formed using a plurality of materials.
- a housing 930 a and a housing 930 b are bonded to each other, and the wound body 950 is provided in a region surrounded by the housing 930 a and the housing 930 b.
- an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used.
- an antenna such as the antennas 914 and 918 may be provided inside the housing 930 a .
- a metal material can be used, for example.
- FIG. 9 illustrates the structure of the wound body 950 .
- the wound body 950 includes a negative electrode 931 , a positive electrode 932 , and separators 933 .
- the wound body 950 is obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which the negative electrode 931 overlaps with the positive electrode 932 with the separator 933 provided therebetween. Note that a plurality of stacks each including the negative electrode 931 , the positive electrode 932 , and the separator 933 may be stacked.
- the negative electrode 931 is connected to the terminal 911 in FIGS. 6A and 6B via one of the terminals 951 and 952 .
- the positive electrode 932 is connected to the terminal 911 in FIGS. 6A and 6B via the other of the terminals 951 and 952 .
- the secondary battery 913 With high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 10A to 10C FIGS. 11A and 11B , FIG. 12 , FIG. 13 , FIGS. 14A to 14C , FIGS. 15A , 15 B 1 , 15 B 2 , 15 C, and 15 D, and FIGS. 16A and 16B .
- the laminated secondary battery has flexibility and is used in an electronic device at least part of which is flexible, the secondary battery can be bent as the electronic device is bent.
- the laminated secondary battery 980 includes a wound body 993 illustrated in FIG. 10A .
- the wound body 993 includes a negative electrode 994 , a positive electrode 995 , and a separator 996 .
- the wound body 993 is, like the wound body 950 illustrated in FIG. 9 , obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which the negative electrode 994 overlaps with the positive electrode 995 with the separator 996 therebetween.
- the number of stacks each including the negative electrode 994 , the positive electrode 995 , and the separator 996 may be determined as appropriate depending on capacity and an element volume which are required.
- the negative electrode 994 is connected to a negative electrode current collector (not illustrated) via one of a lead electrode 997 and a lead electrode 998 .
- the positive electrode 995 is connected to a positive electrode current collector (not illustrated) via the other of the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998 .
- the wound body 993 is packed in a space formed by bonding a film 981 and a film 982 having a depressed portion that serve as exterior bodies by thermocompression bonding or the like, whereby the secondary battery 980 can be formed as illustrated in FIG. 10C .
- the wound body 993 includes the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998 , and is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside a space surrounded by the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion.
- a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material
- the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion can be changed in their forms when external force is applied; thus, a flexible secondary battery can be fabricated.
- FIGS. 10B and 10C illustrate an example where a space is formed by two films
- the wound body 993 may be placed in a space formed by bending one film.
- the secondary battery 980 With high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- a secondary battery may include a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes, a plurality of strip-shaped separators, and a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies, for example.
- a laminated secondary battery 500 illustrated in FIG. 11A includes a positive electrode 503 including a positive electrode current collector 501 and a positive electrode active material layer 502 , a negative electrode 506 including a negative electrode current collector 504 and a negative electrode active material layer 505 , a separator 507 , an electrolyte solution 508 , and an exterior body 509 .
- the separator 507 is provided between the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506 in the exterior body 509 .
- the exterior body 509 is filled with the electrolyte solution 508 .
- the electrolyte solution described in Embodiment 2 can be used for the electrolyte solution 508 .
- the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 also serve as terminals for an electrical contact with an external portion.
- the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 may be arranged so as to be partly exposed to the outside of the exterior body 509 .
- a lead electrode and the positive electrode current collector 501 or the negative electrode current collector 504 may be bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding, and instead of the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 , the lead electrode may be exposed to the outside of the exterior body 509 .
- a laminate film having a three-layer structure can be employed in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided over the metal thin film as the outer surface of the exterior body.
- FIG. 11B illustrates an example of a cross-sectional structure of the laminated secondary battery 500 .
- FIG. 18A illustrates an example including only two current collectors for simplicity, an actual battery includes a plurality of electrode layers.
- FIG. 11B includes 16 electrode layers.
- the laminated secondary battery 500 has flexibility even though including 16 electrode layers.
- FIG. 11B illustrates a structure including 8 layers of negative electrode current collectors 504 and 8 layers of positive electrode current collectors 501 , i.e., 16 layers in total. Note that FIG. 11B illustrates a cross section of the lead portion of the negative electrode, and the 8 negative electrode current collectors 504 are bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding. It is needless to say that the number of electrode layers is not limited to 16, and may be more than 16 or less than 16. With a large number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have high capacity. In contrast, with a small number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have small thickness and high flexibility.
- FIGS. 12 and 13 each illustrate an example of the external view of the laminated secondary battery 500 .
- the positive electrode 503 , the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , the exterior body 509 , a positive electrode lead electrode 510 , and a negative electrode lead electrode 511 are included.
- FIG. 14A illustrates external views of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506 .
- the positive electrode 503 includes the positive electrode current collector 501 , and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on a surface of the positive electrode current collector 501 .
- the positive electrode 503 also includes a region where the positive electrode current collector 501 is partly exposed (hereinafter referred to as a tab region).
- the negative electrode 506 includes the negative electrode current collector 504 , and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on a surface of the negative electrode current collector 504 .
- the negative electrode 506 also includes a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partly exposed, that is, a tab region.
- the areas and the shapes of the tab regions included in the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to those illustrated in FIG. 14A .
- FIG. 12 An example of a method for manufacturing the laminated secondary battery whose external view is illustrated in FIG. 12 will be described with reference to FIGS. 14B and 14C .
- FIG. 14B illustrates a stack including the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , and the positive electrode 503 .
- An example described here includes 5 negative electrodes and 4 positive electrodes.
- the tab regions of the positive electrodes 503 are bonded to each other, and the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface and the positive electrode lead electrode 510 are bonded to each other.
- the bonding can be performed by ultrasonic welding, for example.
- the tab regions of the negative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative electrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface.
- the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , and the positive electrode 503 are placed over the exterior body 509 .
- the exterior body 509 is folded along a dashed line as illustrated in FIG. 14C . Then, the outer edge of the exterior body 509 is bonded.
- the bonding can be performed by thermocompression bonding, for example. At this time, a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is left unbonded (to provide an inlet) so that the electrolyte solution 508 can be introduced later.
- the electrolyte solution 508 is introduced into the exterior body 509 from the inlet of the exterior body 509 .
- the electrolyte solution 508 is preferably introduced in a reduced pressure atmosphere or in an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inlet is bonded. In the above manner, the laminated secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
- the secondary battery 500 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 15A , 15 B 1 , 15 B 2 , 15 C and 15 D and FIGS. 16A and 16B are examples of a bendable secondary battery.
- FIG. 15A is a schematic top view of a bendable secondary battery 250 .
- FIGS. 15 B 1 , 15 B 2 , and 15 C are schematic cross-sectional views taken along cutting line C 1 -C 2 , cutting line C 3 -C 4 , and cutting line A 1 -A 2 , respectively, in FIG. 15A .
- the battery 250 includes an exterior body 251 and a positive electrode 211 a , and a negative electrode 211 b held in the exterior body 251 .
- a lead 212 a electrically connected to the positive electrode 211 a and a lead 212 b electrically connected to the negative electrode 211 b are extended to the outside of the exterior body 251 .
- an electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is enclosed in a region surrounded by the exterior body 251 .
- FIGS. 16A and 16B illustrate the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b included in the battery 250 .
- FIG. 16A is a perspective view illustrating the stacking order of the positive electrode 211 a , the negative electrode 211 b , and the separator 214 .
- FIG. 16B is a perspective view illustrating the lead 212 a and the lead 212 b in addition to the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b.
- the battery 250 includes a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes 211 a , a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes 211 b , and a plurality of separators 14 .
- the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b each include a projected tab portion and a portion other than the tab.
- a positive electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of the positive electrode 211 a other than the tab portion, and a negative electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of the negative electrode 211 b other than the tab portion.
- the positive electrodes 211 a and the negative electrodes 211 b are stacked so that surfaces of the positive electrodes 211 a on each of which the positive electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other and that surfaces of the negative electrodes 211 b on each of which the negative electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other.
- the separator 214 is provided between the surface of the positive electrode 211 a on which the positive electrode active material is formed and the surface of the negative electrode 211 b on which the negative electrode active material is formed.
- the separator 214 is shown by a dotted line for easy viewing.
- the plurality of positive electrodes 211 a are electrically connected to the lead 212 a in a bonding portion 215 a .
- the plurality of negative electrodes 211 b are electrically connected to the lead 212 b in a bonding portion 215 b.
- the exterior body 251 has a film-like shape and is folded in half with the positive electrodes 211 a and the negative electrodes 211 b between facing portions of the exterior body 251 .
- the exterior body 251 includes a folded portion 261 , a pair of seal portions 262 , and a seal portion 263 .
- the pair of seal portions 262 is provided with the positive electrodes 211 a and the negative electrodes 211 b positioned therebetween and thus can also be referred to as side seals.
- the seal portion 263 has portions overlapping with the lead 212 a and the lead 212 b and can also be referred to as a top seal.
- Part of the exterior body 251 that overlaps with the positive electrodes 211 a and the negative electrodes 211 b preferably has a wave shape in which crest lines 271 and trough lines 272 are alternately arranged.
- the seal portions 262 and the seal portion 263 of the exterior body 251 are preferably flat.
- FIG. 15 B 1 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with the crest line 271 .
- FIG. 15 B 2 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with the trough line 272 .
- FIGS. 15 B 1 and 15 B 2 correspond to cross sections of the battery 250 , the positive electrodes 211 a , and the negative electrodes 211 b in the width direction.
- the distance between an end portion of the negative electrode 211 b in the width direction and the seal portion 262 is referred to as a distance La.
- the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b change in shape such that the positions thereof are shifted from each other in the length direction as described later.
- the distance La is preferably set as long as possible. However, if the distance La is too long, the volume of the battery 250 is increased.
- the distance La between the end portion of the negative electrode 211 b and the seal portion 262 is preferably increased as the total thickness of the stacked positive electrodes 211 a and negative electrodes 211 b is increased.
- the distance La is preferably 0.8 times or more and 3.0 times or less, further preferably 0.9 times or more and 2.5 times or less, still further preferably 1.0 times or more and 2.0 times or less as large as the thickness t.
- the distance La is in the above-described range, a compact battery which is highly reliable for bending can be obtained.
- a distance between the pair of seal portions 262 is referred to as a distance Lb
- the distance Lb be sufficiently longer than a width Wb of the negative electrode 211 b .
- the position of part of the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b can be shifted in the width direction; thus, the positive and negative electrodes 211 a and 211 b and the exterior body 251 can be effectively prevented from being rubbed against each other.
- the difference between the distance Lb (i.e., the distance between the pair of seal portions 262 ) and the width Wb of the negative electrode 211 b is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less, further preferably 1.8 times or more and 5.0 times or less, still further preferably 2.0 times or more and 4.0 times or less as large as the total thickness t of the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b.
- the distance Lb, the width Wb, and the thickness t preferably satisfy the relation of the following Formula 1.
- a is 0.8 or more and 3.0 or less, preferably 0.9 or more and 2.5 or less, further preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
- FIG. 15C illustrates a cross section including the lead 212 a and corresponds to a cross section of the battery 250 , the positive electrode 211 a , and the negative electrode 211 b in the length direction.
- a space 273 is preferably provided between end portions of the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b in the length direction and the exterior body 251 in the folded portion 261 .
- FIG. 15D is a schematic cross-sectional view of the battery 250 in a state of being bent.
- FIG. 15D corresponds to a cross section along cutting line B 1 -B 2 in FIG. 15A .
- a part of the exterior body 251 positioned on the outer side in bending is unbent and the other part positioned on the inner side changes its shape as it shrinks. More specifically, the part of the exterior body 251 positioned on the outer side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes smaller and the length of the wave period becomes larger. In contrast, the part of the exterior body 251 positioned on the inner side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes larger and the length of the wave period becomes smaller.
- stress applied to the exterior body 251 due to bending is relieved, so that a material itself that forms the exterior body 251 does not need to expand and contract. As a result, the battery 250 can be bent with weak force without damage to the exterior body 251 .
- the space 273 is provided between the end portions of the positive and negative electrodes 211 a and 211 b and the exterior body 251 , whereby the relative positions of the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b can be shifted while the end portions of the positive electrode 211 a and the negative electrode 211 b located on an inner side when the battery 250 is bent do not contact the exterior body 251 .
- the exterior body, the positive electrode 211 a , and the negative electrode 211 b are less likely to be damaged and the battery characteristics are less likely to deteriorate even when the battery 250 is repeatedly bent and unbent.
- the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used for the positive electrode 211 a included in the battery 250 , a battery with more excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 17A to 17G show examples of electronic devices including the bendable secondary battery described in Embodiment 3.
- Examples of an electronic device including a flexible secondary battery include television sets (also referred to as televisions or television receivers), monitors of computers or the like, digital cameras or digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (also referred to as cellular phones or mobile phone devices), portable game machines, portable information terminals, audio reproducing devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines.
- a flexible secondary battery can be incorporated along a curved inside/outside wall surface of a house or a building or a curved interior/exterior surface of an automobile.
- FIG. 17A illustrates an example of a mobile phone.
- a mobile phone 7400 is provided with a display portion 7402 incorporated in a housing 7401 , an operation button 7403 , an external connection port 7404 , a speaker 7405 , a microphone 7406 , and the like.
- the mobile phone 7400 includes a secondary battery 7407 .
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery 7407 , a lightweight mobile phone with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIG. 17B illustrates the mobile phone 7400 that is bent.
- the secondary battery 7407 included in the mobile phone 7400 is also curved.
- FIG. 17C illustrates the curved secondary battery 7407 .
- the secondary battery 7407 is a thin storage battery.
- the secondary battery 7407 is curved and fixed. Note that the secondary battery 7407 includes a lead electrode 7408 electrically connected to a current collector 7409 .
- FIG. 17D illustrates an example of a bangle display device.
- a portable display device 7100 includes a housing 7101 , a display portion 7102 , an operation button 7103 , and a secondary battery 7104 .
- FIG. 17E illustrates the bent secondary battery 7104 .
- the housing changes its form and the curvature of a part or the whole of the secondary battery 7104 is changed.
- the radius of curvature of a curve at a point refers to the radius of the circular arc that best approximates the curve at that point.
- the reciprocal of the radius of curvature is curvature.
- part or the whole of the housing or the main surface of the secondary battery 7104 is changed in the range of radius of curvature from 40 mm to 150 mm.
- the radius of curvature at the main surface of the secondary battery 7104 is greater than or equal to 40 mm and less than or equal to 150 mm, the reliability can be kept high.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery 7104 , a lightweight portable display device with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIG. 17F illustrates an example of a watch-type portable information terminal.
- a portable information terminal 7200 includes a housing 7201 , a display portion 7202 , a band 7203 , a buckle 7204 , an operation button 7205 , an input output terminal 7206 , and the like.
- the portable information terminal 7200 is capable of executing a variety of applications such as mobile phone calls, e-mailing, viewing and editing texts, music reproduction, Internet communication, and a computer game.
- the display surface of the display portion 7202 is curved, and images can be displayed on the curved display surface.
- the display portion 7202 includes a touch sensor, and operation can be performed by touching the screen with a finger, a stylus, or the like. For example, by touching an icon 7207 displayed on the display portion 7202 , application can be started.
- the operation button 7205 With the operation button 7205 , a variety of functions such as time setting, power on/off, on/off of wireless communication, setting and cancellation of a silent mode, and setting and cancellation of a power saving mode can be performed.
- the functions of the operation button 7205 can be set freely by setting the operation system incorporated in the portable information terminal 7200 .
- the portable information terminal 7200 can employ near field communication that is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. For example, mutual communication between the portable information terminal 7200 and a headset capable of wireless communication can be performed, and thus hands-free calling is possible.
- the portable information terminal 7200 includes the input output terminal 7206 , and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector.
- charging via the input output terminal 7206 is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal 7206 .
- the display portion 7202 of the portable information terminal 7200 includes the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- a lightweight portable information terminal with a long lifetime can be provided.
- the secondary battery 7104 illustrated in FIG. 17E that is in the state of being curved can be provided in the housing 7201 .
- the secondary battery 7104 illustrated in FIG. 17E can be provided in the band 7203 such that it can be curved.
- a portable information terminal 7200 preferably includes a sensor.
- a sensor for example a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensitive sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted.
- FIG. 17G illustrates an example of an armband display device.
- a display device 7300 includes a display portion 7304 and the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the display device 7300 can include a touch sensor in the display portion 7304 and can serve as a portable information terminal.
- the display surface of the display portion 7304 is bent, and images can be displayed on the bent display surface.
- a display state of the display device 7300 can be changed by, for example, near field communication, which is a communication method based on an existing communication standard.
- the display device 7300 includes an input output terminal, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via the input output terminal is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery included in the display device 7300 , a lightweight display device with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIGS. 18A and 18B illustrate an example of a foldable tablet terminal
- a tablet terminal 9600 illustrated in FIGS. 18A and 18B includes a housing 9630 a , a housing 9630 b , a movable portion 9640 connecting the housings 9630 a and 9630 b , a display portion 9631 , a display mode changing switch 9626 , a power switch 9627 , a power saving mode changing switch 9625 , a fastener 9629 , and an operation switch 9628 .
- a flexible panel is used for the display portion 9631 , whereby a tablet terminal with a larger display portion can be provided.
- FIG. 18A illustrates the tablet terminal 9600 that is opened
- FIG. 18B illustrates the tablet terminal 9600 that is closed.
- the tablet terminal 9600 includes a power storage unit 9635 inside the housings 9630 a and 9630 b .
- the power storage unit 9635 is provided across the housings 9630 a and 9630 b , passing through the movable portion 9640 .
- Part of the display portion 9631 can be a touch panel region and data can be input when a displayed operation key is touched.
- a switching button for showing/hiding a keyboard of the touch panel is touched with a finger, a stylus, or the like, so that keyboard buttons can be displayed on the display portion 9631 .
- the display mode switch 9626 can switch the display between a portrait mode and a landscape mode, and between monochrome display and color display, for example.
- the power saving mode changing switch 9625 can control display luminance in accordance with the amount of external light in use of the tablet terminal 9600 , which is measured with an optical sensor incorporated in the tablet terminal 9600 .
- Another detection device including a sensor for detecting inclination, such as a gyroscope sensor or an acceleration sensor, may be incorporated in the tablet terminal, in addition to the optical sensor.
- the tablet terminal is closed in FIG. 18B .
- the tablet terminal includes the housing 9630 , a solar cell 9633 , and a charge and discharge control circuit 9634 including a DC-DC converter 9636 .
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the power storage unit 9635 .
- the tablet terminal 9600 can be folded such that the housings 9630 a and 9630 b overlap with each other when not in use. Thus, the display portion 9631 can be protected, which increases the durability of the tablet terminal 9600 .
- the power storage unit 9635 including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention which has high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics, the tablet terminal 9600 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided.
- the tablet terminal illustrated in FIGS. 18A and 18B can also have a function of displaying various kinds of data (e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image), a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion, a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input, a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs), and the like.
- various kinds of data e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image
- a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion e.g., a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion
- a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input e.g., a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input
- a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs) e.g.,
- the solar cell 9633 which is attached on the surface of the tablet terminal, supplies electric power to a touch panel, a display portion, an image signal processor, and the like. Note that the solar cell 9633 can be provided on one or both surfaces of the housing 9630 and the power storage unit 9635 can be charged efficiently.
- FIG. 18C The structure and operation of the charge and discharge control circuit 9634 illustrated in FIG. 18B will be described with reference to a block diagram in FIG. 18C .
- the solar cell 9633 , the power storage unit 9635 , the DC-DC converter 9636 , a converter 9637 , switches SW 1 to SW 3 , and the display portion 9631 are illustrated in FIG. 18C , and the power storage unit 9635 , the DC-DC converter 9636 , the converter 9637 , and the switches SW 1 to SW 3 correspond to the charge and discharge control circuit 9634 in FIG. 18B .
- the solar cell 9633 is described as an example of a power generation means; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example.
- the power storage unit 9635 may be charged using another power generation means such as a piezoelectric element or a thermoelectric conversion element (Peltier element).
- the power storage unit 9635 may be charged with a non-contact power transmission module that transmits and receives power wirelessly (without contact) to charge the battery or with a combination of other charging means.
- FIG. 19 illustrates other examples of electronic devices.
- a display device 8000 is an example of an electronic device including a secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the display device 8000 corresponds to a display device for TV broadcast reception and includes a housing 8001 , a display portion 8002 , speaker portions 8003 , the secondary battery 8004 , and the like.
- the secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention is provided in the housing 8001 .
- the display device 8000 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the display device 8000 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8004 .
- the display device 8000 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- a semiconductor display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel, an electrophoretic display device, a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED) can be used for the display portion 8002 .
- a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel
- an electrophoretic display device such as a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED)
- DMD digital micromirror device
- PDP plasma display panel
- FED field emission display
- the display device includes, in its category, all of information display devices for personal computers, advertisement displays, and the like other than TV broadcast reception.
- an installation lighting device 8100 is an example of an electronic device using a secondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the lighting device 8100 includes a housing 8101 , a light source 8102 , the secondary battery 8103 , and the like.
- FIG. 19 illustrates the case where the secondary battery 8103 is provided in a ceiling 8104 on which the housing 8101 and the light source 8102 are installed, the secondary battery 8103 may be provided in the housing 8101 .
- the lighting device 8100 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the lighting device 8100 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8103 .
- the lighting device 8100 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used as an installation lighting device provided in, for example, a wall 8105 , a floor 8106 , a window 8107 , or the like other than the ceiling 8104 .
- the secondary battery can be used in a tabletop lighting device or the like.
- an artificial light source which emits light artificially by using power can be used.
- an incandescent lamp, a discharge lamp such as a fluorescent lamp, and a light-emitting element such as an LED or an organic EL element are given as examples of the artificial light source.
- an air conditioner including an indoor unit 8200 and an outdoor unit 8204 is an example of an electronic device including a secondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the indoor unit 8200 includes a housing 8201 , an air outlet 8202 , the secondary battery 8203 , and the like.
- FIG. 19 illustrates the case where the secondary battery 8203 is provided in the indoor unit 8200
- the secondary battery 8203 may be provided in the outdoor unit 8204 .
- the secondary batteries 8203 may be provided in both the indoor unit 8200 and the outdoor unit 8204 .
- the air conditioner can receive electric power from a commercial power supply.
- the air conditioner can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8203 .
- the air conditioner can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- the split-type air conditioner including the indoor unit and the outdoor unit is illustrated in FIG. 19 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in an air conditioner in which the functions of an indoor unit and an outdoor unit are integrated in one housing.
- an electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 is an example of an electronic device using a secondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 includes a housing 8301 , a refrigerator door 8302 , a freezer door 8303 , the secondary battery 8304 , and the like.
- the secondary battery 8304 is provided in the housing 8301 in FIG. 19 .
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8304 .
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- power can be stored in the secondary battery, whereby the usage rate of power can be reduced in a time period when the electronic devices are used.
- a proportion of the amount of power which is actually used to the total amount of power which can be supplied from a commercial power source such a proportion referred to as a usage rate of power
- power can be stored in the secondary battery 8304 in night time when the temperature is low and the refrigerator door 8302 and the freezer door 8303 are not often opened and closed.
- the secondary battery 8304 is used as an auxiliary power source; thus, the usage rate of power in daytime can be reduced.
- the secondary battery can have excellent cycle characteristics. Furthermore, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a secondary battery with high capacity can be obtained; thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight. Thus, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used in the electronic device described in this embodiment, whereby a more lightweight electronic device with a longer lifetime can be obtained. This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- HEVs hybrid electric vehicles
- EVs electric vehicles
- PHEVs plug-in hybrid electric vehicles
- FIGS. 20A to 20C each illustrate an example of a vehicle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- An automobile 8400 illustrated in FIG. 20A is an electric vehicle that runs on the power of an electric motor.
- the automobile 8400 is a hybrid electric vehicle capable of driving appropriately using either an electric motor or an engine.
- One embodiment of the present invention can provide a high-mileage vehicle.
- the automobile 8400 includes the secondary battery.
- the modules of the secondary batteries illustrated in FIGS. 12C and 12D may be arranged to be used in a floor portion in the automobile.
- a battery pack in which a plurality of secondary batteries each of which is illustrated in FIGS. 17A to 17C are combined may be placed in a floor portion in the automobile.
- the secondary battery is used not only for driving an electric motor 8406 , but also for supplying electric power to a light-emitting device such as a headlight 8401 or a room light (not illustrated).
- the secondary battery can also supply electric power to a display device of a speedometer, a tachometer, or the like included in the automobile 8400 . Furthermore, the secondary battery can supply electric power to a semiconductor device included in the automobile 8400 , such as a navigation system.
- FIG. 20B illustrates an automobile 8500 including the secondary battery.
- the automobile 8500 can be charged when the secondary battery is supplied with electric power through external charging equipment by a plug-in system, a contactless power feeding system, or the like.
- a secondary battery 8024 included in the automobile 8500 is charged with the use of a ground-based charging apparatus 8021 through a cable 8022 .
- a given method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or Combined Charging System may be employed as a charging method, the standard of a connector, or the like as appropriate.
- the ground-based charging apparatus 8021 may be a charging station provided in a commerce facility or a power source in a house.
- the secondary battery 8024 included in the automobile 8500 can be charged by being supplied with electric power from the outside, for example.
- the charging can be performed by converting AC electric power into DC electric power through a converter such as an AC-DC converter.
- the vehicle may include a power receiving device so that it can be charged by being supplied with electric power from an above-ground power transmitting device in a contactless manner.
- a power transmitting device in a road or an exterior wall
- charging can be performed not only when the electric vehicle is stopped but also when driven.
- the contactless power feeding system may be utilized to perform transmission and reception of electric power between vehicles.
- a solar cell may be provided in the exterior of the automobile to charge the secondary battery when the automobile stops or moves. To supply electric power in such a contactless manner, an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
- FIG. 20C shows an example of a motorcycle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- a motor scooter 8600 illustrated in FIG. 20C includes a secondary battery 8602 , side mirrors 8601 , and indicators 8603 .
- the secondary battery 8602 can supply electric power to the indicators 8603 .
- the secondary battery 8602 can be held in a storage unit under seat 8604 . It is preferable that the secondary battery 8602 can be held in the storage unit under seat 8604 even with a small size. It is preferable that the secondary battery 8602 is detachable; thus, the secondary battery 8602 is carried indoors when it is charged, and is stored before the motorcycle is driven.
- the secondary battery can have improved cycle characteristics and the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight.
- the compact and lightweight secondary battery contributes to a reduction in the weight of a vehicle, and thus increases the driving radius.
- the secondary battery included in the vehicle can be used as a power source for supplying electric power to products other than the vehicle.
- the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, for example. If the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, the avoidance can contribute to energy saving and a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions.
- the cycle characteristics are excellent, the secondary battery can be used for a long period; thus, the use amount of rare metals such as cobalt can be reduced.
- cobalt was used for a transition metal contained in a first region of a positive electrode active material. Then, the positive electrode active material prepared by adding magnesium and fluorine to the starting material, and a positive electrode active material prepared without adding magnesium and fluorine as a comparative example were prepared and their characteristics were analyzed. Also, the cycle characteristics were evaluated by changing the concentration of magnesium and fluorine added to the starting material.
- Samples 1 to 6 of positive electrode active materials were prepared with varying concentrations of magnesium source and fluorine source. Lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials. Magnesium oxide and lithium fluoride were used as addition starting materials different from each sample.
- magnesium oxide and lithium fluoride were added to the starting material so as to contain 0.5 atomic % of magnesium and 1 atomic % of fluorine with respect to cobalt contained in the common starting material.
- this is referred to as “in the sample 1, 0.5 mol % MgO and 1 mol % LiF were used as an addition starting material”.
- the amount of the addition starting material is indicated by atomic % or mol % with respect to the transition metal contained in the common starting material. The same applies to the sample 2 and the following.
- a positive electrode active material was obtained from each of the above six samples in the following process, as in the manufacturing method described in Embodiment 1: mixing of starting materials, first heating, cooling, sieving, second heating, cooling, and recovery. For the particles in the middle of this process and the positive electrode active material after the process, the following analysis was carried out.
- FIGS. 22A to 22C show STEM-EDX images of the sample 1 before the second heating.
- FIGS. 23A to 23C show STEM-EDX images of the sample 5 (comparative example) before the second heating.
- FIGS. 22A and 23A show STEM images.
- FIGS. 22B and 23B show magnesium mappings.
- FIGS. 22C and 23C show fluorine mappings.
- the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material before and after the second heating was analyzed.
- the XPS analysis conditions were as follows.
- Measurement device Quantera II manufactured by PHI, Inc.
- X-ray source monochromated Al (1486.6 eV)
- Detection area 100 ⁇ m ⁇
- Detection depth about 4 to 5 nm (extraction angle 45°)
- Measurement spectrum wide, Li1s, Co2p, Ti2p, O1s, C1s, F1s, S2p, Ca2p, Mg1s, Na1s, Zr3d
- the results of quantifying the concentration of each element using XPS are shown in Table 2.
- the quantitative accuracy is about ⁇ 1 atomic %.
- the lower limit of detection is about 1 atomic %, depending on the element.
- the Mg Auger peak separated by waveform is removed, so the quantitative error is larger than usual.
- Table 3 shows the calculation results of the existence ratio of each element when cobalt is 1.
- magnesium was present near the surface of the positive electrode active material measurable by XPS even before the second heating. After the second heating, the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material further increased.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 1 has a first region in the inner portion and a second region in the superficial portion, and that the first region contains lithium cobalt oxide and the second region contains magnesium.
- the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material was lower than the detection lower limit both before and after the second heating.
- fluorine contained in the starting material surprisingly proved to have the effect of segregating magnesium in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material.
- CR2032 (diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) coin type secondary batteries were fabricated using a positive electrode active material of the sample 1 before and after the second heating, a positive electrode active material of the sample 5 before and after the first heating, and positive electrode active materials of the sample 2, sample 3, sample 4, and sample 6. Their cycle characteristics were evaluated.
- a positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which the formed positive electrode active material, acetylene black (AB), and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) were mixed at a weight ratio of positive electrode active material:AB:PVDF 95:2.5:2.5 to a current collector was used for the positive electrode.
- AB acetylene black
- PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride
- a lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- a positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- the measurement temperature for the cycle characteristics test was 25° C.
- Charging was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight and an upper limit voltage of 4.6 V, followed by constant voltage charge until a current density was reached to 1.4 mA/g.
- Discharge was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight and with a lower limit voltage of 2.5 V. 30 cycles of charging and discharging were performed.
- FIGS. 25A and 25B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material before and after the second heating of the sample 1 and before and after the first heating of the sample 5.
- FIG. 25A is an energy density at 4.6 V charging.
- FIG. 25B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. The energy density is the product of the discharge capacity and the discharge average voltage.
- cycle performance was greatly improved by performing the second heating.
- the energy density was also favorable.
- FIGS. 26 and 27 show graphs of the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of the sample 1 to the sample 6 after the second heating.
- FIG. 26 is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging
- FIG. 27 is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging.
- the sample 4 comparative example in which only fluorine was added to the starting material and the sample 5 (comparative example) in which only magnesium was added showed cycle characteristics inferior to the sample 6 (comparative example) in which neither magnesium nor fluorine was added.
- the samples 1 to 3 in which magnesium and fluorine were added to the starting material showed good cycle characteristics.
- the best cycle characteristics were shown in the sample 1 in which the atomic ratio of magnesium to fluorine was 1:2.
- the sample 2 having a content ratio of magnesium to fluorine of 1:4 showed good cycle characteristics. As is clear from FIG. 26 , not only the cycle characteristics but also the energy density was good.
- FIGS. 28A and 28B are graphs of cycle characteristics of secondary batteries using positive electrode active materials of the sample 1, the sample 7, the sample 8, and the sample 6 (comparative example).
- FIG. 28A is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging
- FIG. 28B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging.
- This example shows a comparison result of a positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium and a positive electrode active material having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from the outside.
- the sample 7 in Example 1 was used as a positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium, in which 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- positive electrode active material having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from outside positive electrode active materials of the sample 9 (comparative example) and the sample 10 (comparative example) in which lithium cobalt oxide was coated with magnesium oxide using polygonal barrel sputtering were used. Manufacturing methods of the sample 9 (comparative example) and the sample 10 (comparative example) are described below.
- Lithium cobalt oxide produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. product name: C-10N was used.
- magnesium oxide was used as a target, power was set to 450 W, Ar and O 2 were used as sputtering gas to form a film.
- the partial pressures of Ar and O 2 were set at 0.6 Pa and 0.5 Pa, respectively.
- the processing time was 36 minutes for the sample 9 and 180 minutes for the sample 10.
- the sample 9 and the sample 10 were heated at 800° C. for 2 hours in the same manner as in the second heating described in Embodiment 1. Dry air having a temperature rise of 200° C./h and a dew point of ⁇ 109° C. was flowed at 10 L/min.
- Sample 7 LiCoO 2 Second region formed by segregation, about 1 nm
- Sample 9 MgO formed by barrel-sputtering, (comparative about 3 nm example)
- Sample 10 MgO formed by barrel-sputtering, (comparative about 8 nm example)
- FIGS. 29A and 29B show STEM images of the sample 7 having a second region formed by segregation.
- FIGS. 30A and 30B show STEM images of the sample 10 (comparative example) having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from the outside.
- the first region and the second region were different regions from the difference in image brightness or the like.
- the second region As shown in FIGS. 29A and 29B , in the sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation, the second region of about 1 nm to 2 nm was observed.
- FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 31C show the charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of the sample 7, the sample 9 (comparative example), and the sample 10 (comparative example), respectively.
- the sample 7 having the second region formed by the segregation of magnesium had larger capacity than the samples 9 and 10 having the magnesium oxide layer formed by polygonal barrel sputtering, and the sample 7, and exhibited better cycle characteristics.
- FIG. 32A is a graph of an energy density at 4.6 V charging
- FIG. 32B is a graph of an energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging.
- the sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation has much better cycle characteristics than the sample 9 and the sample 10 each having the magnesium oxide layer formed by the polygonal barrel sputtering.
- the energy density was also better in the sample 7.
- the second region formed by the segregation of magnesium contributes to better charge and discharge characteristics and cycle characteristics than the magnesium oxide layer formed by the polygonal barrel sputtering.
- magnesium-containing region formed as a result of segregation of magnesium previously contained in the starting material on the surface contributes to the stabilization of the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide rather than the magnesium oxide layer coated from the outside of the lithium cobalt oxide particles.
- characteristics of the positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium were clarified by various analyses.
- Example 7 The sample 7 of Example 1 using 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF as addition starting materials was used as an analysis sample of this example.
- FIGS. 33A to 33C and FIGS. 34A to 34C show STEM-FFT images of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of the sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation.
- FIG. 33A is a STEM image of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material
- FIG. 33B is the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) image of the region indicated by FFT 1 in FIG. 33A .
- Some luminescent spots of the FFT image of FIG. 33B are called A, B, C, O as shown in FIG. 33C .
- ⁇ AOB 53°
- ⁇ BOC 74°
- ⁇ AOC 127°.
- FIG. 34A is a STEM image of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of FIG. 33A .
- FIG. 34B shows the FFT image of the region indicated by FFT 2 in FIG. 34A .
- Some luminescent spot of the FFT image of FIG. 34B is called A, B, C, O as shown in FIG. 34C .
- ⁇ AOB 25°
- ⁇ BOC 53°
- ⁇ AOC 78°.
- FIGS. 35A to 35C analysis results of the vicinity of the surface and the vicinity of crystal defects of the sample 7 using STEM-EDX are shown in FIGS. 35A to 35C , FIG. 36 , and FIGS. 37 A 1 to 37 B 2 .
- FIGS. 35A to 35C show the STEM-EDX analysis results of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of the sample 7.
- FIG. 35A shows the STEM image
- FIG. 35B shows the magnesium mapping
- FIG. 35C shows the fluorine mapping.
- Example 1 Magnesium in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material was observed more clearly in the sample 7 ( FIGS. 35A to 35C ) in which 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were added as starting materials than in the sample 1 ( FIGS. 22A to 22C ) in which 0.5 mol % MgO and 1 mol % LiF were added as starting materials described in Example 1. This supports the result of Example 1 that the larger the amount of magnesium in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material is, the better the cycle characteristic is.
- FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional TEM image of the vicinity of the crystal defects of the positive electrode active material of the sample 7.
- a crystal defect 1001 in FIG. 36 portions, which seem to be crystal defects, with different brightness from other portions were observed.
- FIGS. 37 A 1 to 37 B 2 show STEM-EDX analysis results of the crystal defect 1001 in FIG. 36 .
- FIG. 37 A 1 shows a STEM image of the crystal defect 1001 .
- FIG. 37 A 2 shows the magnesium mapping.
- FIG. 37 B 1 shows the fluorine mapping.
- FIG. 37 B 2 shows the zirconium mapping.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation is analyzed using ToF-SIMS to investigate the distribution of magnesium and fluorine in the depth direction, and the analysis results are shown in FIG. 38 .
- TOF.SIMS 5-300 manufactured by ION-TOF GmbH
- Cs was used as an ion source for sputtering.
- the analysis was conducted in the range of about 50 ⁇ m square.
- FIG. 38 shows a graph of the intensity of magnesium oxide ion ([MgO 2 ] 2 ⁇ ) and fluoride ion (F ⁇ ).
- the horizontal axis shows the number of measurements (the number of cycles). Since the analysis on negative ions was carried out in this measurement, the distribution of magnesium was evaluated by the intensity of [MgO 2 ] 2 ⁇ . Note that each intensity was normalized by setting the maximum value to 1.
- Table 6 and FIG. 39 show the results of analyzing the positive electrode active material of the sample 7 using XPS before and after the second heating.
- the XPS analysis was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1.
- the quantitative values in Table 6 are values in the range of from 4 nm to 5 nm in depth from the surface of the positive electrode active material toward the center, which can be analyzed by XPS, and when the total amount of lithium, cobalt, titanium, oxygen, carbon, fluorine, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and zirconium is taken as 100 atomic %.
- the magnesium concentration was 5.5 atomic % and the fluorine concentration was 1.4 atomic % when the total amount of lithium, cobalt, titanium, oxygen, carbon, fluorine, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and zirconium was taken as 100%.
- FIG. 39 the results of analyzing the bonding state of fluorine in the sample 7 after the second heating by the surface XPS analysis are shown in FIG. 39 .
- the results of a sample prepared in the same manner as in the sample 7 except that 10 mol % LiF was used as an addition starting material and no magnesium was added are shown.
- the XPS spectra of standard samples of MgF 2 and LiF are also shown.
- the peak of the binding energy of fluorine was about 685 eV which is equal to LiF, and it was considered that LiF is the main bonding state for fluorine on the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the peak of the binding energy of fluorine on the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material was 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV, more accurately, was 684.3 eV, which was not consistent with either MgF 2 or LiF.
- fluorine contained in the second region of the positive electrode active material was presumed to exist in a bonded state not MgF 2 or LiF.
- Positive electrode active material of the sample 11 to the sample 13, in which the temperature of the second heating was changed were prepared.
- lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials, and 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- the positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in the sample 7 of Example 1 except that the temperature of the second heating was 700° C. for the sample 11, 900° C. for the sample 12, and 1000° C. for the sample 13. Note that the temperature of the second heating for the sample 7 was 800° C. The temperature of the second heating for each sample is shown in Table 7.
- Secondary batteries were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using the positive electrode active materials of the sample 7 and the sample 11 to the sample 13, and the cycle characteristics were evaluated.
- the cycle characteristics of the sample 7 and the sample 11 to sample 13 are shown in FIGS. 40A and 40B .
- the charge and discharge conditions were the same as those in Example 1.
- FIG. 40A is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging
- FIG. 40B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging.
- the sample 7 with the second heating temperature of 800° C. showed the best cycle characteristics.
- the sample 11 at the second heating temperature of 700° C. and the sample 12 at 900° C. had the second best cycle characteristics.
- the temperature of the second heating is preferably 700° C. or more and 1000° C. or less, more preferably 700° C. or more and 900° C. or less, and much more preferably approximately 800° C.
- Positive electrode active materials of the sample 14 to the sample 16 were prepared by changing the atmosphere of the second heating from dry air to 100% oxygen. For all starting materials, lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials, and 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. The positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as the sample 7, the sample 12, and the sample 13, except that the second heating was changed to an oxygen atmosphere.
- FIGS. 41A to 41C and FIGS. 42A to 42C are graphs of energy density
- FIGS. 42A to 42C are graphs of cycle characteristics
- FIGS. 41A and 42A show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of the sample 14 and the sample 7 with the second heating temperature of 800° C.
- FIGS. 41B and 42B show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of the sample 15 and the sample 12 with the second heating temperature of 900° C.
- FIGS. 41C and 42C show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of the sample 16 and the sample 13 with the second heating temperature of 1000° C.
- the second heating atmosphere and the second heating temperature of each sample shown in FIGS. 41A to 41C and FIGS. 42A to 42C are shown in Table 8.
- Example 7 For the sample 7, the sample 17, the sample 18, and the sample 6, positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and secondary batteries using them were prepared, to evaluate the cycle characteristics. The cycle characteristic test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1.
- Table 9 shows the addition starting materials and the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles of each sample.
- the sample 7 of Example 1 was used as a sample using magnesium and fluorine as addition starting materials.
- a sample 19 as a comparative example 1 mol % MgO, 1 mol % TiO 2 , and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 20 as a comparative example 1 mol % ZrO 2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 21 as a comparative example 1 mol % TiO 2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 22 as a comparative example 1 mol % V 2 O 5 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 23 as a comparative example 1 mol % ZnO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 24 as a comparative example 1 mol % CaO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 25 as a comparative example 1 mol % Al 2 O 3 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 26 as a comparative example 1 mol % MoO 2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- a sample 27 as a comparative example 1 mol % SrO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials.
- Example 1 For a sample 28 as a comparative example, 1 mol % NaF and 1 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 29 as a comparative example, 1 mol % BaO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. As a comparative example in which neither fluorine nor any metal was added, the sample 6 of Example 1 was used.
- positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and secondary batteries using them were prepared to evaluate cycle characteristics.
- Table 10 shows the addition starting materials and the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles of each sample.
- a secondary battery having such a positive electrode active material has high capacity and long lifetime, so it is suitable for portable electronic devices. Furthermore, when used to cars and other vehicles, it is also possible to avoid using commercial power at the peak of electric power demand, which can contribute to energy saving and reduction of carbon dioxide emissions.
- a sample 31 having magnesium and fluorine and a sample 32 having neither magnesium nor fluorine as a comparative example were prepared.
- the sample 31 was a sample obtained by adding 1 atomic % of magnesium and 2 atomic % of fluorine with respect to the sum of nickel, manganese, and cobalt as starting materials.
- lithium carbonate Li 2 CO 3
- nickel oxide NiO
- manganese oxide MnO 2
- cobalt oxide Co 3 O 4
- magnesium oxide MgO
- fluorine source lithium fluoride (LiF) was used.
- Each starting material was weighed so as to have an atomic ratio of LiCo 0.323 Mn 0.333 Ni 0.333 O 2 +MgO 0.01 LiF 0.02 .
- the mixed starting materials were baked.
- the baking was performed at 950° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air atmosphere was 10 L/min.
- the synthesized composite oxide particles were cooled to room temperature.
- the composite oxide particles were heated.
- the heating was performed in a dry air atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- the heated particles were cooled to room temperature and subjected to crushing treatment.
- the particles were made to pass through a sieve having an aperture width of 53 ⁇ m.
- the particles which were subjected to the crushing treatment were used as a positive electrode active material of the sample 31.
- each starting material was weighed to have an atomic ratio of LiCo 0.333 Mn 0.333 Ni 0.333 O 2 .
- baking was performed at 1000° C.
- the fabrication method of the sample 31 can be referred to.
- Table 11 shows the fabrication conditions of the samples 31 and 32.
- CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries (with a diameter of 20 mm and a height of 3.2 mm) were fabricated using the positive electrode active materials of the sample 31 and the sample 32 formed in the above manners. Their cycle characteristics were evaluated.
- N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) was used as a solvent.
- a lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- a positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- the measurement temperature in the cycle characteristics test was 25° C. Charging was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight, and an upper limit voltage of 4.6 V. After that, constant voltage charging was performed until the current density reached 1.4 mA/g. Discharge was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight, with a lower limit voltage of 2.5 V.
- FIG. 43A shows the discharge capacity of the secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials of the sample 31 and the sample 32 at 4.6 V charging.
- FIG. 43B shows the discharge capacity retention rate thereof.
- the sample 31 with addition of magnesium and fluorine showed very good cycle characteristics.
- FIGS. 44A and 44B STEM images of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of the sample 31 are shown in FIGS. 44A and 44B and FIGS. 45A and 45B .
- FIG. 44B is a STEM image obtained by enlarging a part of FIG. 44A .
- FIGS. 45A and 45B are HAADF-STEM images obtained by enlarging a part of FIG. 44A .
- FIG. 46A is a bright field STEM image in the same range as FIG. 45B .
- FIG. 46B shows a fast Fourier transform (FFT) image of a region indicated by FFT 1 in FIG. 46A .
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- Some luminescent spot of the FFT 1 image is called A, B, C, O as shown in FIG. 46B .
- ⁇ AOB 58°
- ⁇ BOC 69°
- ⁇ AOC 127°.
- FIG. 46C shows an FFT image of a region indicated by FFT 2 in FIG. 46A .
- Some luminescent spot of the FFT 2 image is called A, B, C, O as shown in FIG. 46C .
- ⁇ AOB 26°
- ⁇ BOC 57°
- ⁇ AOC 83°.
- FIG. 46D shows an FFT image of a region indicated by FFT 3 in FIG. 46A .
- Some luminescent spot of the FFT 3 image is called A, B, C, O as shown in FIG. 46D .
- ⁇ AOB 56°
- ⁇ BOC 72°
- ⁇ AOC 128°.
- the regions indicated by FFT 2 and FFT 3 were found to have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, but to have different crystal axis directions from each other.
- FIG. 47 shows the structure near the surface of the positive electrode active material, which is estimated from the STEM-FFT result, together with the STEM image.
- M in FIG. 47 indicates any one of nickel, manganese, and cobalt.
- FFT 3 which is a region in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock-salt type crystal structure. Also, it is an image of [02-21] incidence observed when lithium and M atoms overlap with each other.
- FFT 2 which is a region of the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock-salt type crystal structure.
- FFT 2 is an image of [ ⁇ 12-10] incidence showing the state of repeating the layer of oxygen atoms, the layer of M (one of nickel, manganese, and cobalt) atoms, and the layer of lithium atoms. It is considered that the darker layer and the brighter layer are repeated in the bright field STEM image because the layer of M, and the layer of oxygen and lithium are repeated. That is, although FFT 3 and FFT 2 have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, the crystal axis directions are different from each other.
- FFT 1 which is a region closer to the surface than FFT 2 has a rock-salt type crystal structure and is an image of [011] incidence.
- FIGS. 48 A 1 to 48 B 2 and FIG. 49 A 1 to B 2 were analyzed using EDX, and the results are shown in FIGS. 48 A 1 to 48 B 2 and FIG. 49 A 1 to B 2 .
- FIG. 48 A 1 is a HAADF-STEM image
- FIG. 48 A 2 is a mapping of oxygen
- FIG. 48 B 1 is a mapping of magnesium
- FIG. 48 B 2 is a mapping of fluorine.
- FIG. 49 A 1 is the same HAADF-STEM image as in FIG. 48 A 1
- FIG. 49 A 2 is a mapping of manganese
- FIG. 49 B 1 is a mapping of nickel
- FIG. 49 B 2 is a mapping of cobalt.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 31 is a positive electrode active material having a region containing magnesium in the superficial portion and a region having a low content of manganese in a part of the inner portion.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 31 which was prepared by setting the molar ratio of starting materials to LiNi 1/3 Mn 1/3 Co 1/3 O 2 +1 mol % MgO+2 mol % LiF and heating at 800° C., has the following characteristics.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 31 includes a second region having magnesium oxide in the superficial portion.
- the internal LiNi x Mn y Co z O 2 and LiNi a Mn b Co c O 2 have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, but the crystal axis directions may be different in some cases.
- each element is y>b, and the content of manganese with respect to the sum of nickel, manganese, and cobalt may be low in the region close to the surface.
- the positive electrode active material of the sample 31 having the above characteristics exhibits extremely favorable cycle characteristics when used for a secondary battery.
- Example 7 of Example 1 using 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF as addition starting materials was used as an analysis sample of the present example.
- FIG. 50 is a STEM image of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of the sample 7 used for EELS analysis, in which analysis points of *1 (the depth from the surface is about 1 nm), *2 (about 2.5 nm), and *3 (about 5 nm) are shown. Furthermore, *4 is about 10 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, *5 is about 100 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, and *6 is near the center of the particle of the positive electrode active material.
- Table 12 and FIG. 51 show the EELS spectral intensity ratios of the L 2 level and the L 3 level of cobalt in each analysis point. The higher the L 3 /L 2 is, the lower the valence of cobalt becomes.
- L 3 /L 2 of the analysis point *1 closest to the surface of the positive electrode active material was the highest, 4.6. From the analysis point *2 to the analysis point *6, L 3 /L 2 was lower than that of the analysis point *1 and was within the range from 2.9 to 3.2 and no large difference was observed.
- 100 positive electrode active material, 101 : first region, 102 : second region, 103 : third region, 200 : active material layer, 201 : graphene compound, 211 a : positive electrode, 211 b : negative electrode, 212 a : lead, 212 b : lead, 214 : separator, 215 a : bonding portion, 215 b : bonding portion, 217 : fixing member, 250 : secondary battery, 251 : exterior body, 261 : folded portion, 262 : seal portion, 263 : seal portion, 271 : crest line, 272 : trough line, 273 : space, 300 : secondary battery, 301 : positive electrode can, 302 : negative electrode can, 303 : gasket, 304 : positive electrode, 305 : positive electrode current collector, 306 : positive electrode active material layer, 307 : negative electrode, 308 : negative electrode current collector, 309 : negative electrode active material layer, 310 : separator
Abstract
Provided is a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery. A covering layer is formed by segregation on a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material includes a first region and a second region. The first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The second region exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and part of the inner portion thereof. The first region includes lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen. The second region includes magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/726,520, filed Oct. 6, 2017, now allowed, which claims the benefit of foreign priority applications filed in Japan as Serial No. 2017-100619 on May 22, 2017, Serial No. 2017-052309 on Mar. 17, 2017, and Serial No. 2016-200835 on Oct. 12, 2016, all of which are incorporated by reference.
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method. The present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter. One embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a manufacturing method thereof. In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a positive electrode active material that can be used in a secondary battery, a secondary battery, and an electronic device including a secondary battery.
- In this specification, the power storage device is a collective term describing units and devices having a power storage function. For example, a storage battery such as a lithium-ion secondary battery (also referred to as secondary battery), a lithium-ion capacitor, and an electric double layer capacitor are included in the category of the power storage device.
- Note that electronic devices in this specification mean all devices including power storage devices, and electro-optical devices including power storage devices, information terminal devices including power storage devices, and the like are all electronic devices.
- In recent years, a variety of power storage devices such as lithium-ion secondary batteries, lithium-ion capacitors, and air batteries have been actively developed. In particular, a demand for lithium-ion secondary batteries with high output and high capacity has rapidly grown with the development of the semiconductor industry, for portable information terminals such as mobile phones, smartphones, and laptop computers, portable music players, and digital cameras; medical equipment; next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV); and the like. The lithium-ion secondary batteries are essential as rechargeable energy supply sources for today's information society.
- The performance currently required for lithium-ion secondary batteries includes increased capacity, improved cycle characteristics, safe operation under a variety of environments, and longer-term reliability.
- It is known to increase the capacity of a lithium ion secondary battery by increasing the charging voltage. For example, the capacity of lithium cobalt oxide, which is often used as a positive electrode active material of a lithium ion secondary battery, is 155 mAh/g when the charging voltage is 4.3 V, and is 220 mAh/g when the charging voltage is increased to 4.6 V (see
FIG. 21A ). - However, it is known that the cycle characteristics deteriorate due to the increased charging voltage. For example, in general, the capacity retention percentage of lithium cobalt oxide is 95% or more after 30 cycles when the charging voltage is 4.4 V, but is decreased to 50% or less after 30 cycles when the charging voltage is increased to 4.6 V (see
FIG. 21B ). - Thus, improvement of a positive electrode active material has been studied to increase the cycle characteristics and the capacity of the lithium ion secondary battery (
Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2). -
- [Patent Document 1] Japanese Published Patent Application No. 2012-018914
- [Patent Document 2] Japanese Published Patent Application No. 2016-076454
- That is, development of lithium ion secondary batteries and positive electrode active materials used therein is susceptible to improvement in terms of capacity, cycle characteristics, charge and discharge characteristics, reliability, safety, cost, and the like.
- An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a high-capacity secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel material, active material, storage device, or a manufacturing method thereof.
- Note that the descriptions of these objects do not disturb the existence of other objects. In one embodiment of the present invention, there is no need to achieve all the objects. Other objects can be derived from the description of the specification, the drawings, and the claims.
- In order to achieve the objects, one embodiment of the present invention is characterized in that a covering layer is formed on a superficial portion of a positive electrode active material by segregation.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material includes a first region and a second region. The first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The second region exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and part of the inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The first region includes lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen. The second region includes magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine. The total atom amount of the lithium, the transition metal, the oxygen, the magnesium, and the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is taken as 100 atomic %. A concentration of the magnesium on the surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 1 atomic % or more and 16 atomic % or less. A concentration of the fluorine on the surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 0.2 atomic % or more and 4 atomic % or less.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine. A ratio between a concentration of magnesium and fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is Mg:F=y:1 (3≤y≤5).
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material includes lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, magnesium, and fluorine. A peak position of a bonding energy of the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV.
- In the above, the transition metal preferably includes cobalt. Alternatively, the transition metal preferably includes manganese, cobalt, and nickel.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region and a second region. The first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The first region includes lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen. The first region has a layered rock-salt crystal structure. The second region exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and part of the inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The second region includes magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen. The second region has a rock-salt crystal structure. Orientations of the crystal in the first region and the crystal in the second region are aligned with each other. A ratio between a concentration of the magnesium and the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is Mg:F=y:1 (3≤y≤5).
- In the above, a peak position of a bonding energy of the fluorine on a surface of the positive electrode active material that is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is preferably 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a manufacturing method of a positive electrode active material including a step of mixing a lithium source, a transition metal source, a magnesium source, and a fluorine source, a heating step at 800° C. or higher and 1100° C. or lower for 2 hours or more and 20 hours or less, and a heating step in an oxygen-containing atmosphere at 500° C. or higher and 1200° C. or lower for a retention time of 50 hours or less.
- An atomic ratio between the fluorine contained in the fluorine source and the magnesium contained in the magnesium source is Mg:F=1:x (1.5≤x≤4).
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region and a second region. The first region exists in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material. The first region includes lithium, cobalt, and oxygen. The second region includes cobalt, magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen. L3/L2 of the cobalt included in the first region is less than 3.8 and L3/L2 of the cobalt included in the second region is 3.8 or more when the positive electrode active material is measured by electron energy loss spectroscopy.
- According to one embodiment of the present invention, a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery is provided. A lithium secondary battery with high capacity can be provided. A secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics can be provided. A highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery can be provided. A novel material, active material, storage device, or formation method thereof can be provided.
-
FIGS. 1A to 1C show an example of a positive electrode active material. -
FIG. 2 shows an example of a manufacturing method of the positive electrode active material. -
FIGS. 3A and 3B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive. -
FIGS. 4A and 4B show a coin-type secondary battery. -
FIGS. 5A to 5D show a cylindrical secondary battery. -
FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate an example of a secondary battery. - FIGS. 7A1 to 7B2 illustrate an example of a secondary battery.
-
FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate an example of a secondary battery. -
FIG. 9 illustrates an example of a secondary battery. -
FIGS. 10A to 10C illustrate a laminated secondary battery. -
FIGS. 11A and 11B illustrate a laminated secondary battery. -
FIG. 12 is an external view of a secondary battery. -
FIG. 13 is an external view of a secondary battery. -
FIGS. 14A to 14C illustrate a manufacturing method of a secondary battery. -
FIGS. 15A and 15D illustrate a bendable secondary battery. -
FIGS. 16A and 16B illustrate a bendable secondary battery. -
FIGS. 17A to 17G illustrate an example of an electronic device. -
FIGS. 18A to 18C illustrate an example of an electronic device. -
FIG. 19 illustrates an example of an electronic device. -
FIGS. 20A to 20C illustrate an example of an electronic device. -
FIGS. 21A and 21B show characteristics of a conventional secondary battery. -
FIGS. 22A to 22C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 1. -
FIGS. 23A to 23C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 1. -
FIG. 24 is a graph showing the magnesium content in the vicinity of the surface of a positive electrode active material in Example 1. -
FIGS. 25A and 25B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1. -
FIG. 26 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1. -
FIG. 27 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1. -
FIGS. 28A and 28B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1. -
FIGS. 29A and 29B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2. -
FIGS. 30A and 30B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2. -
FIGS. 31A to 31C are graphs showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2. -
FIGS. 32A and 32B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2. -
FIGS. 33A to 33C are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. -
FIGS. 34A to 34C are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. -
FIGS. 35A to 35C are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. -
FIG. 36 is a TEM image of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. - FIGS. 37A1 to 37B2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
-
FIG. 38 shows ToF-SIMS depth analysis of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. -
FIG. 39 shows XPS spectra of a positive electrode active material in Example 3. -
FIGS. 40A and 40B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4. -
FIGS. 41A to 41C are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4. -
FIGS. 42A to 42C are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 4. -
FIGS. 43A and 43B are graphs showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 6. -
FIGS. 44A and 44B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6. -
FIGS. 45A and 45B are STEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6. -
FIGS. 46A to 46D are a STEM image and FFT images of a positive electrode active material in Example 6. -
FIG. 47 is a STEM image and an estimation model of a crystal structure of a positive electrode active material in Example 6. - FIGS. 48A1 to 48B2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
- FIGS. 49A1 to 49B2 are a STEM image and EDX mappings of a positive electrode active material in Example 6.
-
FIG. 50 is a graph showing EELS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 7. -
FIG. 51 is a graph showing EELS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 7. - Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. Note that one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the description below, and it is easily understood by those skilled in the art that modes and details of the present invention can be modified in various ways. In addition, the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the description in the embodiments given below.
- Note that in drawings used in this specification, the sizes, thicknesses, and the like of components such as a positive electrode, a negative electrode, an active material layer, a separator, an exterior body are exaggerated for simplicity in some cases. Therefore, the sizes of the components are not limited to the sizes in the drawings and relative sizes between the components.
- Note that in structures of the present invention described in this specification and the like, the same portions or portions having similar functions are denoted by common reference numerals in different drawings, and descriptions thereof are not repeated. Further, the same hatching pattern is applied to portions having similar functions, and the portions are not especially denoted by reference numerals in some cases.
- In this specification and the like, the Miller index is used for the expression of crystal planes and orientations. In the crystallography, a superscript bar is placed over a number in the expression using the Miller index; however, in this specification and the like, crystal planes and orientations are expressed by placing a minus sign (−) at the front of a number because of expression limitations. Furthermore, an individual direction which shows an orientation in crystal is denoted by “[ ]”, a set direction which shows all of the equivalent orientations is denoted by “< >”, an individual direction which shows a crystal plane is denoted by “( )”, and a set plane having equivalent symmetry is denoted by “{ }”.
- In this specification and the like, segregation refers to a phenomenon in which, in a solid made of a plurality of elements (e.g., A, B, and C), a certain element (for example, B) is non-uniformly distributed.
- In this specification and the like, a layered rock-salt crystal structure included in composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal refers to a crystal structure in which a rock-salt ion arrangement where cations and anions are alternately arranged is included and the lithium and the transition metal are regularly arranged to form a two-dimensional plane, so that lithium can be two-dimensionally diffused. Note that a defect such as a cation or anion vacancy can exist. In the layered rock-salt crystal structure, strictly, a lattice of a rock-salt crystal is distorted in some cases.
- A rock-salt crystal structure refers to a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. Note that a cation or anion vacancy may exist.
- Anions of a layered rock-salt crystal and anions of a rock-salt crystal each form a cubic closest packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure). When a layered rock-salt crystal and a rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other, there is a crystal plane at which directions of cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other. Note that a space group of the layered rock-salt crystal is R-3m, which is different from a space group Fm-3m of a rock-salt crystal; thus, the index of the crystal plane satisfying the above conditions in the layered rock-salt crystal is different from that in the rock-salt crystal. In this specification, in the layered rock-salt crystal and the rock-salt crystal, a state where the orientations of the cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other can be referred to as a state where crystal orientations are substantially aligned with each other.
- For example, when lithium cobalt oxide having a layered rock-salt type crystal structure and magnesium oxide having a rock-salt type crystal structure are in contact with each other, the orientation of crystals substantially is aligned in the following cases: the (1-1-4) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the {001} plane of magnesium oxide, the (104) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the {001} plane of magnesium oxide, the (0-14) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with {001} plane of the magnesium oxide, the (001) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the {111} plane of magnesium oxide, the (012) plane of lithium cobalt oxide is in contact with the {111} plane of magnesium oxide, and the like.
- Whether the crystal orientations in two regions are substantially aligned with each other or not can be judged by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) image, a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image, an annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy (ABF-STEM) image, and the like. X-ray diffraction, electron diffraction, neutron diffraction, and the like can be used for judging. In the TEM image and the like, alignment of cations and anions can be observed as repetition of bright lines and dark lines. When the orientations of cubic closest packed structures of the layered rock-salt crystal and the rock-salt crystal are aligned with each other, a state where an angle between the repetition of bright lines and dark lines in the layered rock-salt crystal and the repetition of bright lines and dark lines in the rock-salt crystal is less than or equal to 5°, preferably less than or equal to 2.5° is observed. Note that, in the TEM image and the like, a light element such as oxygen or fluorine is not clearly observed in some cases; however, in such a case, alignment of orientations can be judged by arrangement of metal elements.
- Furthermore, in this specification and the like, a state where structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxy”. Crystal growth in which structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxial growth”. In addition, a state where three-dimensional structures have similarity or orientations are crystallographically the same is referred to as “topotaxy”. Thus, in the case of topotaxy, when part of a cross section is observed, orientations of crystals in two regions (e.g., a region serving as a base and a region formed through growth) are substantially aligned with each other.
- First, a positive electrode
active material 100, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is described with reference toFIGS. 1A to 1C . As shown inFIG. 1A , the positive electrodeactive material 100 includes afirst region 101 and asecond region 102. Thesecond region 102 can be located over thefirst region 101 or can cover at least part of thefirst region 101. - The
first region 101 has composition different from that of thesecond region 102. It is preferable that thesecond region 102 be a region where segregation of a particular element is observed. Thus, the boundary between the two regions is not clear in some cases. InFIG. 1A , the boundary between thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 is shown by the dotted lines, and the contrast across the dotted lines means a concentration gradient. InFIG. 1B and the following drawings, the boundary between thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 is shown only by the dotted lines for convenience. The details of thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are described later. - As illustrated in
FIG. 1B , thesecond region 102 may exist in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material. For example, in the case where thefirst region 101 is a polycrystal, segregation of a particular element may be observed in the grain boundary or in the vicinity thereof to form thesecond region 102. Furthermore, segregation of a particular element may be observed in a portion which includes crystal defects in the positive electrode active material or in the vicinity thereof to form thesecond region 102. Note that in this specification and the like, crystal defects refer to defects which can be observed from a TEM image and the like, that is, a structure in which another element enters the crystal. - As illustrated in
FIG. 1B , thesecond region 102 does not necessarily cover the entirefirst region 101. - In other words, the
first region 101 exists in an inner portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100, and thesecond region 102 exists in the superficial portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100. In addition, thesecond region 102 may exist in the inner portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100. - For example, the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 can be referred to as a solid phase A and a solid phase B, respectively. - When the particle size of the positive electrode
active material 100 is too large, problems occur such as difficulty in lithium diffusion and surface roughness of the active material layer in coating to a current collector. In contrast, when the particle size is too small, problems occur such as difficulty in supporting of the active material layer in coating to the current collector and over-reaction with an electrolyte. For these reasons, D50 (also referred to as a median diameter) is preferably 0.1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, further preferably 1 μm or more and 40 μm or less. - The
first region 101 contains lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen. In other words, thefirst region 101 includes composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal. - As the transition metal contained in the
first region 101, a metal that can form lithium and layered rock-salt composite oxide is preferably used. For example, one or a plurality of manganese, cobalt, and nickel can be used. That is, as the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101, only cobalt may be used, cobalt and manganese may be used, or cobalt, manganese, and nickel may be used. In addition to the transition metal, thefirst region 101 may include a metal other than the transition metal, such as aluminum. - In other words, the
first region 101 can contain a composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal, such as lithium cobalt oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which manganese is substituted for part of cobalt, lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide and the like, and nickel-cobalt-aluminum oxide and the like. - The
first region 101 serves as a region which particularly contributes to a charge and discharge reaction in the positive electrodeactive material 100. To increase capacity of a secondary battery containing the positive electrodeactive material 100, the volume of thefirst region 101 is preferably larger than those of thesecond region 102. - The layered rock-salt crystal structure is preferable for the
first region 101 because lithium is likely to be diffused two-dimensionally. In addition, when thefirst region 101 has a layered rock-salt crystal structure, segregation of a representative element such as magnesium, which is described later, tends to occur unexpectedly. Note that the entirefirst region 101 does not necessarily have a layered rock-salt crystal structure. For example, part of thefirst region 101 may include crystal defects, may be amorphous, or may have another crystal structure. - The
second region 102 contains magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen. For example, thesecond region 102 may contain magnesium oxide and part of the oxygen may be substituted with fluorine. - The
second region 102 covers at least part of thefirst region 101. Magnesium oxide contained in thesecond region 102 is an electrochemically stable material that is less likely to deteriorate even when charge and discharge are repeated; thus, thesecond region 102 is suitable for a coating layer. - When the thickness of the
second region 102 is too small, the function as a coating layer is degraded; however, when the thickness of thesecond region 102 is too large, the capacity is decreased. Thus, the thickness of the second region is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 50 nm, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 3 nm. - The
second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure because orientations of crystals are likely to be aligned with those of thefirst region 101, and thesecond region 102 is likely to function as a stable coating layer. Note that the entiresecond region 102 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure. For example, part of thesecond region 102 may be amorphous or has another crystal structure. - In general, when charge and discharge are repeated, a side reaction occurs in a positive electrode active material, for example, a transition metal such as manganese or cobalt is dissolved in an electrolyte solution, oxygen is released, and the crystal structure becomes unstable, so that the positive electrode active material deteriorates. However, the positive electrode
active material 100 of one embodiment of the present invention includes thesecond region 102 in a superficial portion; thus, the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101 can be more stable. - The
second region 102 contains magnesium, fluorine, and oxygen, and preferably the same transition metal contained in thefirst region 101. When thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 contain the same transition metal, the valence of the transition metal is preferably different between these two regions. Specifically, it is preferable that, in the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101, the number of trivalent atoms be larger than the number of atoms exhibiting other valences, and in the transition metal contained in thesecond region 102, the number of divalent atoms be larger than the number of atoms exhibiting other valences. - When the
second region 102 contains many divalent transition metals, it contains much metal oxide having atomic ratio of transition metal:oxygen=1:1, such as CoO(II), MnO(II), and Ni(II). The metal oxide can form a stable solid solution with magnesium oxide, which is also divalent metal oxide. Thus, thesecond region 102 can be a covering layer which is more stable and favorable. - The valence of transition metals can be analyzed by energy loss spectroscopy (EELS), X-ray absorption fine structure (XAFS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy measurement (XPS), electron spin resonance (ESR), Moessbauer spectroscopy, or the like. Among them, EELS is preferable because of the high spatial resolution. Even if the
second region 102 is a thin layer with a thickness of about several nanometers, the analysis can be performed. - When the valence of transition metals is analyzed by EELS, the valence can be determined from the ratio between L3 and L2 (L3/L2). The larger the L3/L2 is, the higher the proportion of divalent transition metals is. For example, when transition metals contained in the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 are analyzed by EELS, the L3/L2 of the transition metals contained in thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are preferably less than 3.8 and more than or equal to 3.8, respectively. - The
second region 102 may further contain lithium in addition to the above-described elements. - It is preferable that the
second region 102 also exist in thefirst region 101 as shown inFIG. 1B because the crystal structure of composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal included in thefirst region 101 can be more stable. - In addition, fluorine contained in the
second region 102 exists preferably in a bonding state other than MgF2 and LiF. Specifically, when an XPS analysis is performed on the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100, a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine and other elements is preferably higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than 685 eV, further preferably approximately 684.3 eV. The bonding energy does not correspond to those of MgF2 and LiF. - In this specification and the like, a peak position of bonding energy with an element in an XPS analysis refers to a value of bonding energy at which the maximum intensity of an energy spectrum is obtained in a range corresponding to bonding energy of the element.
- The difference in composition between the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 can be observed using a TEM image, a STEM image, fast Fourier transform (FFT) analysis, energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry (EDX), an analysis in the depth direction by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron spectroscopy, thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS), or the like. For example, in the cross-sectional TEM image and STEM image of the positive electrodeactive material 100, difference of constituent elements is observed as difference of brightness; thus, difference of constituent elements of thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 can be observed. Furthermore, it can be observed that thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 contain different elements from an EDX element distribution image as well. However, clear boundaries between thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are not necessarily observed by the analyses. - In this specification and the like, the range of the
second region 102 that exists in a superficial portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100 refers to a region from the outermost surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a region where a concentration of a representative element such as magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is ⅕ of a peak. As the analysis in the depth direction, the line analysis of EDX, analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, or the like, which is described above, can be used. Furthermore, a concentration peak of magnesium exists preferably in a region from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a depth of 2 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm. The depth at which the concentration of magnesium becomes ⅕ of the peak, that is the range of thesecond region 102, is different depending on the manufacturing method. However, in the case of a manufacturing method described later, the depth is approximately 2 nm to 5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material. - Also in the
second region 102 that exists in thefirst region 101, the range of thesecond region 102 refers to a region where a concentration of magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to ⅕ of a peak. - A distribution of fluorine in the positive electrode
active material 100 preferably overlaps with a distribution of magnesium. Thus, a peak of a concentration of fluorine preferably exists in a region from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a depth of 2 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm. - For these reasons, the
second region 102 can be referred to as a density inclined region in which the concentration of magnesium and fluorine is reduced from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 toward the inner portion. - The concentration of magnesium and fluorine can be analyzed by ToF-SIMS, XPS, Auger electron spectroscopy, TDS, or the like.
- Note that the measurement range of the XPS is from the surface of the positive electrode
active material 100 to a region at a depth of approximately 5 nm. Thus, the element concentration at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively. For this reason, when the thickness of thesecond region 102 is less than 5 nm, the element concentration of the sum of thesecond region 102 and part of thefirst region 101 can be quantitatively analyzed. When the thickness of thesecond region 102 is 5 nm or more from the surface, the element concentration of thesecond region 102 can be quantitatively analyzed. When the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 is subjected to XPS analysis and the total amount of atoms including lithium, the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101, oxygen, fluorine, and magnesium is 100 atomic %, the magnesium concentration is preferably 1 atomic % or more and 16 atomic % or less, and the fluorine concentration is preferably 0.2 atomic % or more and 4 atomic % or less. Furthermore, the ratio of the concentration of magnesium to fluorine is preferably Mg:F=y:1 (3≤y≤5) (atomic ratio), and more preferably about Mg:F=4:1. When the magnesium concentration and the fluorine concentration are within these ranges, it is possible to obtain the positive electrodeactive material 100 exhibiting extremely favorable cycle characteristics when used for a secondary battery. - As described above, the concentrations of magnesium and fluorine are gradually decreased from the surface toward the inner portion; thus, the
first region 101 may contain the element contained in thesecond region 102, such as magnesium. Similarly, thesecond region 102 may contain the element contained in thefirst region 101. In addition, thefirst region 101 may contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium. Thesecond region 102 may contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium. - The
second region 102 can be formed by a sputtering method, a solid phase method, a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, or the like. However, the present inventors found that when a magnesium source and a fluorine source are mixed with starting materials and then the mixture is heated, the magnesium is segregated to form thesecond region 102. Moreover, they found that the positive electrode active material including thesecond region 102 formed in this manner has more favorable characteristics. - For example, in Example 4 of Patent Document 2 (Patent Application No. 2016-076454), a composite oxide containing magnesium is synthesized, then powder of the composite oxide and lithium fluoride are mixed and heated, whereby fluorinated lithiumized surface oxide is formed on the surface of the composite oxide. According to Example 4, magnesium is not detected from the surface oxide formed in this method.
- However, the present inventors succeeded in segregating magnesium oxide on the superficial portion of the positive electrode
active material 100 by mixing a magnesium source and a fluorine source with starting materials. The present inventors found that the fluorine added to the starting material exhibited an unexpected effect of segregating magnesium. - Since the
second region 102 is formed by magnesium segregation, magnesium segregation can occur not only in the superficial portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100 but also in a grain boundary and the vicinity thereof and crystal defects and the vicinity thereof. Thesecond region 102 formed in a grain boundary and the vicinity thereof and in crystal defects and the vicinity thereof can contribute to further improvement in stability of the crystal structure of the composite oxide containing lithium and the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101. - The concentration ratio between magnesium and fluorine in the starting materials is preferably in a range of Mg:F=1:x (1.5≤x≤4) (atomic ratio), further preferably Mg:F=1:2 (atomic ratio) because the segregation in the
second region 102 effectively occurs. - The concentration ratio between magnesium and fluorine contained in the
second region 102 formed by segregation is preferably in a range of Mg:F=y:1 (3≤y≤5) (atomic ratio), further preferably Mg:F=about 4:1 (atomic ratio), for example. - Since the
second region 102 formed by segregation is formed by epitaxial growth, orientations of crystals in thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are partly and substantially aligned with each other in some cases. That is, thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 become topotaxy in some cases. When the orientations of crystals in thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are substantially aligned with each other, thesecond region 102 can serve as a more favorable coating layer. - It is to be noted that although the example in which the positive electrode
active material 100 includes thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 has been described so far, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 1C , the positive electrodeactive material 100 may include athird region 103. Thethird region 103 can be provided, for example, so as to be in contact with at least a part of thesecond region 102. Thethird region 103 may be a coating film containing carbon such as graphene compounds or may be a coating film containing lithium or an electrolyte decomposition product. When thethird region 103 is a coating film containing carbon, it is possible to increase the conductivity between the positive electrodeactive materials 100 and between the positive electrodeactive material 100 and the current collector. In the case where thethird region 103 is a coating film having decomposition products of lithium or an electrolytic solution, excessive reaction with the electrolytic solution can be suppressed, and cycle characteristics can be improved when used for a secondary battery. - Furthermore, a buffer region may be provided between the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102. The buffer region preferably contains metals such as titanium, aluminum, zirconium, and vanadium in addition to lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen, for example. The buffer region may overlap with thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102. If a positive electrodeactive material 100 having a buffer region is used, the crystal structure of thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 can be further stabilized and a positive electrode active material having excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained, which is preferable. - A manufacturing method of the positive electrode
active material 100 including thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 is described with reference toFIG. 2 . In this method, thesecond region 102 is formed by segregation. In the description of this embodiment, a transition metal contained in thefirst region 101 is cobalt, that is, thefirst region 101 contains lithium cobalt oxide. Moreover, thesecond region 102 containing magnesium oxide and fluorine is formed by segregation. - First, starting materials are prepared (S11). Specifically, a lithium source, a cobalt source, a magnesium source, and a fluorine source were individually weighed. As the lithium source, for example, lithium carbonate, lithium fluoride, or lithium hydroxide can be used. As the cobalt source, for example, cobalt oxide, cobalt hydroxide, cobalt oxyhydroxide, cobalt carbonate, cobalt oxalate, cobalt sulfate, or the like can be used. As the magnesium source, for example, magnesium oxide, magnesium fluoride, or the like can be used. As the fluorine source, for example, lithium fluoride, magnesium fluoride, or the like can be used. That is, lithium fluoride can be used as both a lithium source and a fluorine source. Magnesium fluoride can be used as a magnesium source or as a fluorine source.
- In the present embodiment, lithium carbonate (Li2CO3) is used as a lithium source, cobalt oxide (Co3O4) is used as a cobalt source, magnesium oxide (MgO) is used as a magnesium source, lithium fluoride (LiF) is used as a lithium source and a fluorine source.
- The atomic ratio of magnesium and fluorine as raw materials is preferably Mg:F=1:x (1.5≤x≤4) (atomic ratio), more preferably Mg:F=about 1:2 (atomic ratio). Therefore, the ratio of magnesium oxide to lithium fluoride is preferably MgO:LiF=1:x (1.5≤x≤4) (molar ratio), more preferably MgO:LiF=about 1:2 (atomic ratio).
- For example, the molar ratio between the materials can be shown as follows:
-
½.Li2CO3+((1−z)/3).Co3O4+z.MgO+2z.LiF - (z=0.01)
- Next, the weighed starting material is mixed (S12). For example, a ball mill, a bead mill, or the like can be used for the mixing.
- Next, the material mixed in S12 is heated (S13). This step can be referred to as a first heating or baking to distinguish this step from heating step performed later. The first heating is preferably performed at higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1050° C., further preferably at higher than or equal to 900° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C. The heating time is preferably greater than or equal to 2 hours and less than or equal to 20 hours. The first heating is preferably performed in a dried atmosphere such as dry air. In the dried atmosphere, for example, the dew point is preferably lower than or equal to −50° C., further preferably lower than or equal to −100° C. In this embodiment, the heating is performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is −109° C. flows at 10 L/min.
- By the first heating in S13, a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal, that is included in the
first region 101, can be synthesized. Also, by the first heating, part of the magnesium and fluorine contained in the starting material is segregated on the superficial portion of the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal. Note that most of the magnesium and fluorine at this stage forms a solid solution in the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal. - Next, the material heated in S13 is cooled to room temperature (S14). The cooling time is preferably equal to or longer than the temperature rising time, for example, 10 hours or longer and 15 hours or shorter. After the cooling, the synthesized material is preferably made to pass through a sieve. A 53-μm mesh sieve is used in this embodiment.
- Note that as the starting materials, particles of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium which are synthesized in advance may be used. In this case,
Step 12 to Step 14 can be skipped. - Next, the material cooled in S14 is subjected to a second heating (S15). This step can be referred to as a second heating or annealing to distinguish this step from the heating step performed before. The optimal conditions for the second heating are changed depending on the particle size, composition, and the like of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium. However, it is preferable that the second heating be performed for a holding time at a specified temperature of 50 hours or shorter, more preferably 2 hours or longer and 10 hours or shorter. The specified temperature is preferably higher than or equal to 500° C. and lower than or equal to 1200° C., further preferably higher than or equal to 700° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C., still further preferably about 800° C. The heating is performed preferably in an oxygen-containing atmosphere. In this embodiment, the heating is performed at 800° C. for 2 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is −109° C. flows at 10 L/min.
- The second heating in S15 facilitates segregation of the magnesium and fluorine contained in the starting material on the superficial portion of the composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal.
- Finally, the material heated in S15 is cooled to room temperature. The cooling time is preferably equal to or longer than the temperature rising time. Then, the cooled material is collected (S16), and the positive electrode
active material 100 including thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 can be obtained. - The use of the positive electrode active material described in the present embodiment can provide a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics. This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- In this embodiment, examples of materials which can be used for a secondary battery containing the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described. In this embodiment, a secondary battery in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte solution are wrapped in an exterior body is described as an example. - The positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
- The positive electrode active material layer contains a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- As the positive electrode active material, the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment can be used. When the above-described positive electrodeactive material 100 is used, a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Examples of the conductive additive include a carbon material, a metal material, and a conductive ceramic material. Alternatively, a fiber material may be used as the conductive additive. The content of the conductive additive with respect to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt % and less than or equal to 10 wt %, more preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt % and less than or equal to 5 wt %.
- A network for electric conduction can be formed in the electrode by the conductive additive. The conductive additive also allows maintaining of a path for electric conduction between the positive electrode active material particles. The addition of the conductive additive to the active material layer increases the electric conductivity of the active material layer.
- Examples of the conductive additive include natural graphite, artificial graphite such as mesocarbon microbeads, and carbon fiber. Examples of carbon fiber include mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber, isotropic pitch-based carbon fiber, carbon nanofiber, and carbon nanotube. Carbon nanotube can be formed by, for example, a vapor deposition method. Other examples of the conductive additive include carbon materials such as carbon black (e.g., acetylene black (AB)), graphite (black lead) particles, graphene, and fullerene. Alternatively, metal powder or metal fibers of copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, gold, or the like, a conductive ceramic material, or the like can be used.
- Alternatively, a graphene compound may be used as the conductive additive.
- A graphene compound has excellent electrical characteristics of high conductivity and excellent physical properties of high flexibility and high mechanical strength. Furthermore, a graphene compound has a planar shape. A graphene compound enables low-resistance surface contact. Furthermore, a graphene compound has extremely high conductivity even with a small thickness in some cases and thus allows a conductive path to be formed in an active material layer efficiently even with a small amount. For this reason, it is preferable to use a graphene compound as the conductive additive because the area where the active material and the conductive additive are in contact with each other can be increased. Here, it is particularly preferable to use, for example, graphene, multilayer graphene, or reduced graphene oxide (hereinafter “RGO”) as a graphene compound. Note that RGO refers to a compound obtained by reducing graphene oxide (GO), for example.
- In the case where an active material with a small particle diameter (e.g., 1 μm or less) is used, the specific surface area of the active material is large and thus more conductive paths for the active material particles are needed. Thus, the amount of conductive additive tends to increase and the supported amount of active material tends to decrease relatively. When the supported amount of active material decreases, the capacity of the secondary battery also decreases. In such a case, a graphene compound that can efficiently form a conductive path even in a small amount is particularly preferably used as the conductive additive because the supported amount of active material does not decrease.
- A cross-sectional structure example of an
active material layer 200 containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive is described below. -
FIG. 3A shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of theactive material layer 200. Theactive material layer 200 includes positive electrodeactive material particles 100, agraphene compound 201 serving as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated). Here, graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as thegraphene compound 201, for example. Thegraphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape. Thegraphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other. - The longitudinal cross section of the
active material layer 200 inFIG. 3A shows substantially uniform dispersion of the sheet-like graphene compounds 201 in theactive material layer 200. The graphene compounds 201 are schematically shown by thick lines inFIG. 3A but are actually thin films each having a thickness corresponding to the thickness of a single layer or a multi-layer of carbon molecules. The plurality ofgraphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to partly coat or adhere to the surfaces of the plurality of positive electrodeactive material particles 100, so that the graphene compounds 201 make surface contact with the positive electrodeactive material particles 100. - Here, the plurality of graphene compounds are bonded to each other to form a net-like graphene compound sheet (hereinafter referred to as a graphene compound net or a graphene net). The graphene net covering the active material can function as a binder for bonding active materials. The amount of a binder can thus be reduced, or the binder does not have to be used. This can increase the proportion of the active material in the electrode volume or weight. That is to say, the capacity of the storage device can be increased.
- Here, it is preferable to perform reduction after a layer to be the
active material layer 200 is formed in such a manner that graphene oxide is used as thegraphene compound 201 and mixed with an active material. When graphene oxide with extremely high dispersibility in a polar solvent is used for the formation of the graphene compounds 201, the graphene compounds 201 can be substantially uniformly dispersed in theactive material layer 200. The solvent is removed by volatilization from a dispersion medium in which graphene oxide is uniformly dispersed, and the graphene oxide is reduced; hence, the graphene compounds 201 remaining in theactive material layer 200 partly overlap with each other and are dispersed such that surface contact is made, thereby forming a three-dimensional conduction path. Note that graphene oxide can be reduced either by heat treatment or with the use of a reducing agent, for example. - Unlike a conductive additive in the form of particles, such as acetylene black, which makes point contact with an active material, the
graphene compound 201 is capable of making low-resistance surface contact; accordingly, the electrical conduction between the positive electrodeactive material particles 100 and the graphene compounds 201 can be improved with a smaller amount of thegraphene compound 201 than that of a normal conductive additive. This increases the proportion of the positive electrodeactive material 100 in theactive material layer 200, resulting in increased discharge capacity of the storage device. - As the binder, a rubber material such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, or ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer can be used, for example. Alternatively, fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- For the binder, for example, water-soluble polymers are preferably used. As the water-soluble polymers, a polysaccharide and the like can be used. As the polysaccharide, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, starch, or the like can be used. It is more preferred that such water-soluble polymers be used in combination with any of the above rubber materials.
- Alternatively, as the binder, a material such as polystyrene, poly(methyl acrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene-propylene-diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose is preferably used.
- A plurality of the above materials may be used in combination for the binder.
- For example, a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect and another material may be used in combination. For example, a rubber material or the like has high adhesion or high elasticity but may have difficulty in viscosity modification when mixed in a solvent. In such a case, a rubber material or the like is preferably mixed with a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example. As a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example, a water-soluble polymer is preferably used. An example of a water-soluble polymer having an especially significant viscosity modifying effect is the above-mentioned polysaccharide; for example, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used.
- Note that a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose obtains a higher solubility when converted into a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose, and accordingly, easily exerts an effect as a viscosity modifier. The high solubility can also increase the dispersibility of an active material and other components in the formation of slurry for an electrode. In this specification, cellulose and a cellulose derivative used as a binder of an electrode include salts thereof.
- The water-soluble polymers stabilize viscosity by being dissolved in water and allow stable dispersion of the active material and another material combined as a binder such as styrene-butadiene rubber in an aqueous solution. Furthermore, a water-soluble polymer is expected to be easily and stably adsorbed to an active material surface because it has a functional group. Many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose have functional groups such as a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Because of functional groups, polymers are expected to interact with each other and cover an active material surface in a large area.
- In the case where the binder covering or being in contact with the active material surface forms a film, the film is expected to serve as a passivation film to suppress the decomposition of the electrolyte solution. Here, the passivation film refers to a film without electric conductivity or a film with extremely low electric conductivity, and can inhibit the decomposition of an electrolyte solution at a potential at which a battery reaction occurs in the case where the passivation film is formed on the active material surface, for example. It is preferred that the passivation film can conduct lithium ions while suppressing electric conduction.
- The positive electrode current collector can be formed using a material that has high conductivity, such as a metal like stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, or titanium, or an alloy thereof. It is preferred that a material used for the positive electrode current collector not dissolve at the potential of the positive electrode. Alternatively, the positive electrode current collector can be formed using an aluminum alloy to which an element that improves heat resistance, such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, or molybdenum, is added. Still alternatively, a metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon can be used. Examples of the metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon include zirconium, titanium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, and nickel. The current collector can have any of various shapes including a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape (sheet-like shape), a net-like shape, a punching-metal shape, and an expanded-metal shape. The current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 μm to 30 μm.
- The negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector. The negative electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- As a negative electrode active material, for example, an alloy-based material or a carbon-based material can be used.
- For the negative electrode active material, an element which enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium can be used. For example, a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, and the like can be used. Such elements have higher capacity than carbon. In particular, silicon has a significantly high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, silicon is preferably used as the negative electrode active material. Alternatively, a compound containing any of the above elements may be used. Examples of the compound include SiO, Mg2Si, Mg2Ge, SnO, SnO2, Mg2Sn, SnS2, V2Sn3, FeSn2, CoSn2, Ni3Sn2, Cu6Sn5, Ag3Sn, Ag3Sb, Ni2MnSb, CeSb3, LaSn3, La3Co2Sn7, CoSb3, InSb, and SbSn. Here, an element that enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound containing the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- In this specification and the like, SiO refers, for example, to silicon monoxide. SiO can alternatively be expressed as SiOx. Here, x preferably has an approximate value of 1. For example, x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- As the carbon-based material, graphite, graphitizing carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizing carbon (hard carbon), a carbon nanotube, graphene, carbon black, and the like can be used.
- Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite. Examples of artificial graphite include meso-carbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite. As artificial graphite, spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used. For example, MCMB is preferably used because it may have a spherical shape. Moreover, MCMB may preferably be used because it can relatively easily have a small surface area. Examples of natural graphite include flake graphite and spherical natural graphite.
- Graphite has a low potential substantially equal to that of a lithium metal (higher than or equal to 0.05 V and lower than or equal to 0.3 V vs. Li/Li+) when lithium ions are intercalated into the graphite (while a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is formed). For this reason, a lithium-ion secondary battery can have a high operating voltage. In addition, graphite is preferred because of its advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and higher level of safety than that of a lithium metal.
- Alternatively, for the negative electrode active material, an oxide such as titanium dioxide (TiO2), lithium titanium oxide (Li4Ti5O12), lithium-graphite intercalation compound (LixC6), niobium pentoxide (Nb2O5), tungsten oxide (WO2), or molybdenum oxide (MoO2) can be used.
- Still alternatively, for the negative electrode active material, Li3-xMxN (M=Co, Ni, or Cu) with a Li3N structure, which is a nitride containing lithium and a transition metal, can be used. For example, Li2.6Co0.4N3 is preferable because of high charge and discharge capacity (900 mAh/g and 1890 mAh/cm3).
- A nitride containing lithium and a transition metal is preferably used, in which case lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material and thus the negative electrode active material can be used in combination with a material for a positive electrode active material which does not contain lithium ions, such as V2O5 or Cr3O8. In the case of using a material containing lithium ions as a positive electrode active material, the nitride containing lithium and a transition metal can be used for the negative electrode active material by extracting the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- Alternatively, a material which causes a conversion reaction can be used for the negative electrode active material; for example, a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium, such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO), may be used. Other examples of the material which causes a conversion reaction include oxides such as Fe2O3, CuO, Cu2O, RuO2, and Cr2O3, sulfides such as CoS0.89, NiS, and CuS, nitrides such as Zn3N2, Cu3N, and Ge3N4, phosphides such as NiP2, FeP2, and CoP3, and fluorides such as FeF3 and BiF3.
- For the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the negative electrode active material layer, materials similar to those of the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the positive electrode active material layer can be used.
- For the negative electrode current collector, a material similar to that of the positive electrode current collector can be used. Note that a material which is not alloyed with a carrier ion such as lithium is preferably used for the negative electrode current collector.
- The electrolyte solution contains a solvent and an electrolyte. As a solvent of the electrolyte solution, an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used. For example, one of ethylene carbonate (EC), propylene carbonate (PC), butylene carbonate, chloroethylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, dimethyl carbonate (DMC), diethyl carbonate (DEC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), methyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, and sultone can be used, or two or more of these solvents can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- When a gelled high-molecular material is used as the solvent of the electrolytic solution, safety against liquid leakage and the like is improved. Furthermore, a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight. Typical examples of gelled high-molecular materials include a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a gel of a fluorine-based polymer, and the like.
- Alternatively, when one or more kinds of ionic liquids (room temperature molten salts) which have features of non-flammability and non-volatility is used as a solvent of the electrolyte solution, a secondary battery can be prevented from exploding or catching fire even when the secondary battery internally shorts out or the internal temperature increases owing to overcharging or the like. An ionic liquid contains a cation and an anion. The ionic liquid contains an organic cation and an anion. Examples of the organic cation used for the electrolyte solution include aliphatic onium cations such as a quaternary ammonium cation, a tertiary sulfonium cation, and a quaternary phosphonium cation, and aromatic cations such as an imidazolium cation and a pyridinium cation. Examples of the anion used for the electrolyte solution include a monovalent amide-based anion, a monovalent methide-based anion, a fluorosulfonate anion, a perfluoroalkylsulfonate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a perfluoroalkylborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, and a perfluoroalkylphosphate anion.
- As an electrolyte dissolved in the above-described solvent, one of lithium salts such as LiClO4, LiAsF6, LiBF4, LiAlCl4, LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li2SO4, Li2B10Cl10, Li2Bi2Cl12, LiCF3SO3, LiC4F9SO3, LiC(CF3SO2)3, LiC(C2F5SO2)3, LiN(CF3SO2)2, LiN(C4F9SO2) (CF3SO2), and LiN(C2F5SO2)2 can be used, or two or more of these lithium salts can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- The electrolyte solution used for a storage device is preferably highly purified and contains a small amount of dust particles and elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolyte solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as impurities). Specifically, the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolyte solution is less than or equal to 1%, preferably less than or equal to 0.1%, and further preferably less than or equal to 0.01%.
- Furthermore, an additive agent such as vinylene carbonate, propane sultone (PS), tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), LiBOB, or a dinitrile compound such as succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added to the electrolyte solution. The concentration of a material to be added with respect to the whole solvent is, for example, higher than or equal to 0.1 wt % and lower than or equal to 5 wt %.
- Alternatively, a gelled electrolyte obtained in such a manner that a polymer is swelled with an electrolyte solution may be used. When a polymer gel electrolyte is used, safety against liquid leakage and the like is improved. Furthermore, a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight.
- As a polymer that undergoes gelation, a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a fluorine-based polymer gel, or the like can be used.
- Examples of the polymer include a polymer having a polyalkylene oxide structure, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO); PVDF; polyacrylonitrile; and a copolymer containing any of them. For example, PVDF-HFP, which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP) can be used. The formed polymer may be porous.
- Instead of the electrolyte solution, a solid electrolyte including an inorganic material such as a sulfide-based inorganic material or an oxide-based inorganic material, or a solid electrolyte including a high-molecular material such as a polyethylene oxide (PEO)-based high-molecular material may alternatively be used. When the solid electrolyte is used, a separator and a spacer are not necessary. Furthermore, since the battery can be entirely solidified, there is no possibility of liquid leakage to increase the safety of the battery dramatically.
- The secondary battery preferably includes a separator. As the separator, for example, paper; nonwoven fabric; glass fiber; ceramics; or synthetic fiber using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, or polyurethane can be used. The separator is preferably formed to have an envelope-like shape to wrap one of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- The separator may have a multilayer structure. For example, an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic-based material, a fluorine-based material, a polyamide-based material, a mixture thereof, or the like. Examples of the ceramic-based material include aluminum oxide particles and silicon oxide particles. Examples of the fluorine-based material include PVDF and a polytetrafluoroethylene. Examples of the polyamide-based material include nylon and aramid (meta-based aramid and para-based aramid).
- Deterioration of the separator in charging and discharging at high voltage can be suppressed and thus the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved because oxidation resistance is improved when the separator is coated with the ceramic-based material. In addition, when the separator is coated with the fluorine-based material, the separator is easily brought into close contact with an electrode, resulting in high output characteristics. When the separator is coated with the polyamide-based material, in particular, aramid, the safety of the secondary battery is improved because heat resistance is improved.
- For example, both surfaces of a polypropylene film may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid. Alternatively, a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with the mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with the fluorine-based material.
- With the use of a separator having a multilayer structure, the capacity of the secondary battery per volume can be increased because the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even when the total thickness of the separator is small.
- In this embodiment, examples of a shape of a secondary battery containing the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described. For the materials used for the secondary battery described in this embodiment, the description of the above embodiment can be referred to. - First, an example of a coin-type secondary battery is described.
FIG. 4A is an external view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery, andFIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view thereof. - In a coin-type
secondary battery 300, a positive electrode can 301 doubling as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 doubling as a negative electrode terminal are insulated from each other and sealed by agasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like. Apositive electrode 304 includes a positive electrodecurrent collector 305 and a positive electrodeactive material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrodecurrent collector 305. Anegative electrode 307 includes a negative electrodecurrent collector 308 and a negative electrodeactive material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrodecurrent collector 308. - Note that only one surface of each of the
positive electrode 304 and thenegative electrode 307 used for the coin-typesecondary battery 300 is provided with an active material layer. - For the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302, a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used. Alternatively, the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution. The positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are electrically connected to the
positive electrode 304 and thenegative electrode 307, respectively. - The
negative electrode 307, thepositive electrode 304, and theseparator 310 are immersed in the electrolyte solution. Then, as illustrated inFIG. 4B , thepositive electrode 304, theseparator 310, thenegative electrode 307, and the negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 positioned at the bottom, and the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are subjected to pressure bonding with thegasket 303 located therebetween. In such a manner, the coin-typesecondary battery 300 can be manufactured. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 304, the coin-typesecondary battery 300 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Next, an example of a cylindrical secondary battery will be described with reference to
FIGS. 5A to 5D . A cylindricalsecondary battery 600 includes, as illustrated inFIG. 5A , a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces. The positive electrode cap and the battery can (outer can) 602 are insulated from each other by a gasket (insulating packing) 610. -
FIG. 5B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the cylindrical secondary battery. Inside the battery can 602 having a hollow cylindrical shape, a battery element in which a strip-likepositive electrode 604 and a strip-likenegative electrode 606 are wound with a strip-like separator 605 located therebetween is provided. Although not illustrated, the battery element is wound around a center pin. One end of the battery can 602 is close and the other end thereof is open. For the battery can 602, a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used. Alternatively, the battery can 602 is preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution. Inside the battery can 602, the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is provided between a pair of insulatingplates - Since the positive electrode and the negative electrode of the cylindrical secondary battery are wound, active materials are preferably formed on both sides of the current collectors. A positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the
positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to thenegative electrode 606. Both thepositive electrode terminal 603 and thenegative electrode terminal 607 can be formed using a metal material such as aluminum. Thepositive electrode terminal 603 and thenegative electrode terminal 607 are resistance-welded to asafety valve mechanism 612 and the bottom of the battery can 602, respectively. Thesafety valve mechanism 612 is electrically connected to thepositive electrode cap 601 through a positive temperature coefficient (PTC)element 611. Thesafety valve mechanism 612 cuts off electrical connection between thepositive electrode cap 601 and thepositive electrode 604 when the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value. ThePTC element 611, which serves as a thermally sensitive resistor whose resistance increases as temperature rises, limits the amount of current by increasing the resistance, in order to prevent abnormal heat generation. Barium titanate (BaTiO3)-based semiconductor ceramic can be used for the PTC element. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 5C , a plurality ofsecondary batteries 600 may be sandwiched between aconductive plate 613 and aconductive plate 614 to form amodule 615. The plurality ofsecondary batteries 600 may be connected parallel to each other, connected in series, or connected in series after being connected parallel to each other. With themodule 615 including the plurality ofsecondary batteries 600, large electric power can be extracted. -
FIG. 5D is a top view of themodule 615. Theconductive plate 613 is shown by a dotted line for clarity of the drawing. As illustrated inFIG. 5D , themodule 615 may include awiring 616 which electrically connects the plurality ofsecondary batteries 600 to each other. It is possible to provide theconductive plate 613 over thewiring 616 to overlap with each other. In addition, atemperature control device 617 may be provided between the plurality ofsecondary batteries 600. When thesecondary batteries 600 are overheated, thetemperature control device 617 can cool them, and when thesecondary batteries 600 are cooled too much, thetemperature control device 617 can heat them. Thus, the performance of themodule 615 is not easily influenced by the outside air temperature. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 604, the cylindricalsecondary battery 600 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Other structural examples of secondary batteries will be described with reference to
FIGS. 6A and 6B ,FIGS. 7A-1, 7A-2, 7B-1, and 7B-2 ,FIGS. 8A and 8B , andFIG. 9 . -
FIGS. 6A and 6B are external views of a battery pack. The battery pack includes acircuit board 900 and asecondary battery 913. Thesecondary battery 913 includes a terminal 951 and a terminal 952 and is covered by alabel 910. The battery pack may include anantenna 914. - The
circuit board 900 is fixed by asealant 915. Thecircuit board 900 includes acircuit 912. The terminal 911 is electrically connected to theterminals secondary battery 913 with thecircuit board 900 therebetween. The terminal 911 is electrically connected to theantenna 914 and thecircuit 912 with thecircuit board 900 therebetween. Note that a plurality ofterminals 911 serving as a control signal input terminal, a power supply terminal, and the like may be provided. - For example, the
circuit 912 serves as a protection circuit for protecting thesecondary battery 913 from overcharge, overdischarge, and overcurrent. Thecircuit 912 may be provided on the rear surface of thecircuit board 900. Note that the shape of theantenna 914 is not limited to a coil shape and may be a linear shape or a plate shape. Further, a planar antenna, an aperture antenna, a traveling-wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic-field antenna, or a dielectric antenna may be used. Theantenna 914 has a function of communicating data with an external device, for example. As a system for communication using theantenna 914 between the battery pack and another device, a response method that can be used between the storage battery and another device, such as NFC, can be employed. - The battery pack includes a
layer 916 between thesecondary battery 913 and theantenna 914. Thelayer 916 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from thesecondary battery 913, for example. As thelayer 916, for example, a magnetic body can be used. - Note that the structure of the battery pack is not limited to that shown in
FIGS. 6A and 6B . - For example, as shown in
FIGS. 7A-1 and 7A-2 , two opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 inFIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with respective antennas.FIG. 7A-1 is an external view showing one side of the opposite surfaces, andFIG. 7A-2 is an external view showing the other side of the opposite surfaces. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 6A and 6B , a description of the battery pack illustrated inFIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate. - As illustrated in
FIG. 7A-1 , theantenna 914 is provided on one of the opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 with thelayer 916 located therebetween, and as illustrated inFIG. 7A-2 , anantenna 918 is provided on the other of the opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 with alayer 917 located therebetween. Thelayer 917 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from thesecondary battery 913, for example. As thelayer 917, for example, a magnetic body can be used. - With the above structure, the battery pack can have two antennas and both of the
antennas - An antenna with a shape that can be applied to the
antenna 914 can be used as theantenna 918. Theantenna 918 may be a flat-plate conductor. The flat-plate conductor can serve as one of conductors for electric field coupling. That is, theantenna 914 can serve as one of two conductors of a capacitor. Thus, electric power can be transmitted and received not only by an electromagnetic field or a magnetic field but also by an electric field. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 7B-1 , the battery pack inFIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with adisplay device 920. Thedisplay device 920 is electrically connected to the terminal 911. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 6A and 6B , a description of the battery pack illustrated inFIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate. - The
display device 920 can display, for example, an image showing whether charge is being carried out, an image showing the amount of stored power, or the like. As thedisplay device 920, electronic paper, a liquid crystal display device, an electroluminescent (EL) display device, or the like can be used. For example, the use of electronic paper can reduce power consumption of thedisplay device 920. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 7B-2 , thesecondary battery 913 illustrated inFIGS. 6A and 6B may be provided with asensor 921. Thesensor 921 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 via aterminal 922 and thecircuit board 900. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 6A and 6B , a description of the storage device illustrated inFIGS. 6A and 6B can be referred to as appropriate. - The
sensor 921 has a function of measuring, for example, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational frequency, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, sound, time, hardness, electric field, electric current, voltage, electric power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, oscillation, odor, or infrared rays. With thesensor 921, for example, data on an environment (e.g., temperature) where the storage device is placed can be determined and stored in a memory inside thecircuit 912. - Furthermore, structural examples of the
secondary battery 913 will be described with reference toFIGS. 8A and 8B andFIG. 9 . - The
secondary battery 913 illustrated inFIG. 8A includes awound body 950 provided with theterminals housing 930. Thewound body 950 is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside thehousing 930. The terminal 952 is in contact with thehousing 930. An insulator or the like inhibits contact between the terminal 951 and thehousing 930. Note that inFIG. 8A , thehousing 930 divided into two pieces is illustrated for convenience; however, in the actual structure, thewound body 950 is covered with thehousing 930 and theterminals housing 930. For thehousing 930, a metal material (such as aluminum) or a resin material can be used. - Note that as illustrated in
FIG. 8B , thehousing 930 inFIG. 8A may be formed using a plurality of materials. For example, in thesecondary battery 913 inFIG. 8B , ahousing 930 a and ahousing 930 b are bonded to each other, and thewound body 950 is provided in a region surrounded by thehousing 930 a and thehousing 930 b. - For the
housing 930 a, an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used. In particular, when a material such as an organic resin is used for the side on which an antenna is formed, blocking of an electric field from thesecondary battery 913 can be inhibited. When an electric field is not significantly blocked by thehousing 930 a, an antenna such as theantennas housing 930 a. For thehousing 930 b, a metal material can be used, for example. -
FIG. 9 illustrates the structure of thewound body 950. Thewound body 950 includes anegative electrode 931, apositive electrode 932, andseparators 933. Thewound body 950 is obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which thenegative electrode 931 overlaps with thepositive electrode 932 with theseparator 933 provided therebetween. Note that a plurality of stacks each including thenegative electrode 931, thepositive electrode 932, and theseparator 933 may be stacked. - The
negative electrode 931 is connected to the terminal 911 inFIGS. 6A and 6B via one of theterminals positive electrode 932 is connected to the terminal 911 inFIGS. 6A and 6B via the other of theterminals - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 932, thesecondary battery 913 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Next, an example of a laminated secondary battery will be described with reference to
FIGS. 10A to 10C ,FIGS. 11A and 11B ,FIG. 12 ,FIG. 13 ,FIGS. 14A to 14C ,FIGS. 15A , 15B1, 15B2, 15C, and 15D, andFIGS. 16A and 16B . When the laminated secondary battery has flexibility and is used in an electronic device at least part of which is flexible, the secondary battery can be bent as the electronic device is bent. - A laminated
secondary battery 980 is described with reference toFIGS. 10A to 10C . The laminatedsecondary battery 980 includes awound body 993 illustrated inFIG. 10A . Thewound body 993 includes anegative electrode 994, apositive electrode 995, and aseparator 996. Thewound body 993 is, like thewound body 950 illustrated inFIG. 9 , obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which thenegative electrode 994 overlaps with thepositive electrode 995 with theseparator 996 therebetween. - Note that the number of stacks each including the
negative electrode 994, thepositive electrode 995, and theseparator 996 may be determined as appropriate depending on capacity and an element volume which are required. Thenegative electrode 994 is connected to a negative electrode current collector (not illustrated) via one of alead electrode 997 and alead electrode 998. Thepositive electrode 995 is connected to a positive electrode current collector (not illustrated) via the other of thelead electrode 997 and thelead electrode 998. - As illustrated in
FIG. 10B , thewound body 993 is packed in a space formed by bonding afilm 981 and afilm 982 having a depressed portion that serve as exterior bodies by thermocompression bonding or the like, whereby thesecondary battery 980 can be formed as illustrated inFIG. 10C . Thewound body 993 includes thelead electrode 997 and thelead electrode 998, and is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside a space surrounded by thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion. - For the
film 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion, a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used, for example With the use of a resin material for thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion, thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion can be changed in their forms when external force is applied; thus, a flexible secondary battery can be fabricated. - Although
FIGS. 10B and 10C illustrate an example where a space is formed by two films, thewound body 993 may be placed in a space formed by bending one film. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 995, thesecondary battery 980 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - In
FIGS. 10A to 10C , an example in which thesecondary battery 980 includes a wound body in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies is described; however, as illustrated inFIGS. 11A and 11B , a secondary battery may include a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes, a plurality of strip-shaped separators, and a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies, for example. - A laminated
secondary battery 500 illustrated inFIG. 11A includes apositive electrode 503 including a positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and a positive electrodeactive material layer 502, anegative electrode 506 including a negative electrodecurrent collector 504 and a negative electrodeactive material layer 505, aseparator 507, anelectrolyte solution 508, and anexterior body 509. Theseparator 507 is provided between thepositive electrode 503 and thenegative electrode 506 in theexterior body 509. Theexterior body 509 is filled with theelectrolyte solution 508. The electrolyte solution described inEmbodiment 2 can be used for theelectrolyte solution 508. - In the laminated
secondary battery 500 illustrated inFIG. 11A , the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 also serve as terminals for an electrical contact with an external portion. For this reason, the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 may be arranged so as to be partly exposed to the outside of theexterior body 509. Alternatively, a lead electrode and the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 or the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 may be bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding, and instead of the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504, the lead electrode may be exposed to the outside of theexterior body 509. - As the
exterior body 509 of the laminatedsecondary battery 500, for example, a laminate film having a three-layer structure can be employed in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided over the metal thin film as the outer surface of the exterior body. -
FIG. 11B illustrates an example of a cross-sectional structure of the laminatedsecondary battery 500. AlthoughFIG. 18A illustrates an example including only two current collectors for simplicity, an actual battery includes a plurality of electrode layers. - The example in
FIG. 11B includes 16 electrode layers. The laminatedsecondary battery 500 has flexibility even though including 16 electrode layers.FIG. 11B illustrates a structure including 8 layers of negative electrodecurrent collectors current collectors 501, i.e., 16 layers in total. Note thatFIG. 11B illustrates a cross section of the lead portion of the negative electrode, and the 8 negative electrodecurrent collectors 504 are bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding. It is needless to say that the number of electrode layers is not limited to 16, and may be more than 16 or less than 16. With a large number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have high capacity. In contrast, with a small number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have small thickness and high flexibility. -
FIGS. 12 and 13 each illustrate an example of the external view of the laminatedsecondary battery 500. InFIGS. 12 and 13 , thepositive electrode 503, thenegative electrode 506, theseparator 507, theexterior body 509, a positiveelectrode lead electrode 510, and a negativeelectrode lead electrode 511 are included. -
FIG. 14A illustrates external views of thepositive electrode 503 and thenegative electrode 506. Thepositive electrode 503 includes the positive electrodecurrent collector 501, and the positive electrodeactive material layer 502 is formed on a surface of the positive electrodecurrent collector 501. Thepositive electrode 503 also includes a region where the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 is partly exposed (hereinafter referred to as a tab region). Thenegative electrode 506 includes the negative electrodecurrent collector 504, and the negative electrodeactive material layer 505 is formed on a surface of the negative electrodecurrent collector 504. Thenegative electrode 506 also includes a region where the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 is partly exposed, that is, a tab region. The areas and the shapes of the tab regions included in the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to those illustrated inFIG. 14A . - Here, an example of a method for manufacturing the laminated secondary battery whose external view is illustrated in
FIG. 12 will be described with reference toFIGS. 14B and 14C . - First, the
negative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503 are stacked.FIG. 14B illustrates a stack including thenegative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503. An example described here includes 5 negative electrodes and 4 positive electrodes. Next, the tab regions of thepositive electrodes 503 are bonded to each other, and the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface and the positiveelectrode lead electrode 510 are bonded to each other. The bonding can be performed by ultrasonic welding, for example. In a similar manner, the tab regions of thenegative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negativeelectrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface. - After that, the
negative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503 are placed over theexterior body 509. - Subsequently, the
exterior body 509 is folded along a dashed line as illustrated inFIG. 14C . Then, the outer edge of theexterior body 509 is bonded. The bonding can be performed by thermocompression bonding, for example. At this time, a part (or one side) of theexterior body 509 is left unbonded (to provide an inlet) so that theelectrolyte solution 508 can be introduced later. - Next, the
electrolyte solution 508 is introduced into theexterior body 509 from the inlet of theexterior body 509. Theelectrolyte solution 508 is preferably introduced in a reduced pressure atmosphere or in an inert gas atmosphere. Lastly, the inlet is bonded. In the above manner, the laminatedsecondary battery 500 can be manufactured. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 503, thesecondary battery 500 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Next, an example of a bendable secondary battery is described with reference to
FIGS. 15A , 15B1, 15B2, 15C and 15D andFIGS. 16A and 16B . -
FIG. 15A is a schematic top view of a bendablesecondary battery 250. FIGS. 15B1, 15B2, and 15C are schematic cross-sectional views taken along cutting line C1-C2, cutting line C3-C4, and cutting line A1-A2, respectively, inFIG. 15A . Thebattery 250 includes anexterior body 251 and apositive electrode 211 a, and anegative electrode 211 b held in theexterior body 251. A lead 212 a electrically connected to thepositive electrode 211 a and a lead 212 b electrically connected to thenegative electrode 211 b are extended to the outside of theexterior body 251. In addition to thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b, an electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is enclosed in a region surrounded by theexterior body 251. -
FIGS. 16A and 16B illustrate thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b included in thebattery 250.FIG. 16A is a perspective view illustrating the stacking order of thepositive electrode 211 a, thenegative electrode 211 b, and theseparator 214.FIG. 16B is a perspective view illustrating the lead 212 a and thelead 212 b in addition to thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b. - As illustrated in
FIG. 16A , thebattery 250 includes a plurality of strip-shapedpositive electrodes 211 a, a plurality of strip-shapednegative electrodes 211 b, and a plurality ofseparators 14. Thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b each include a projected tab portion and a portion other than the tab. A positive electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of thepositive electrode 211 a other than the tab portion, and a negative electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of thenegative electrode 211 b other than the tab portion. - The
positive electrodes 211 a and thenegative electrodes 211 b are stacked so that surfaces of thepositive electrodes 211 a on each of which the positive electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other and that surfaces of thenegative electrodes 211 b on each of which the negative electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other. - Furthermore, the
separator 214 is provided between the surface of thepositive electrode 211 a on which the positive electrode active material is formed and the surface of thenegative electrode 211 b on which the negative electrode active material is formed. InFIG. 16A , theseparator 214 is shown by a dotted line for easy viewing. - In addition, as illustrated in
FIG. 16B , the plurality ofpositive electrodes 211 a are electrically connected to the lead 212 a in abonding portion 215 a. The plurality ofnegative electrodes 211 b are electrically connected to thelead 212 b in abonding portion 215 b. - Next, the
exterior body 251 is described with reference to FIGS. 15B1, 15B2, 15C, and 15D. - The
exterior body 251 has a film-like shape and is folded in half with thepositive electrodes 211 a and thenegative electrodes 211 b between facing portions of theexterior body 251. Theexterior body 251 includes a foldedportion 261, a pair ofseal portions 262, and aseal portion 263. The pair ofseal portions 262 is provided with thepositive electrodes 211 a and thenegative electrodes 211 b positioned therebetween and thus can also be referred to as side seals. Theseal portion 263 has portions overlapping with the lead 212 a and thelead 212 b and can also be referred to as a top seal. - Part of the
exterior body 251 that overlaps with thepositive electrodes 211 a and thenegative electrodes 211 b preferably has a wave shape in whichcrest lines 271 andtrough lines 272 are alternately arranged. Theseal portions 262 and theseal portion 263 of theexterior body 251 are preferably flat. - FIG. 15B1 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with the
crest line 271. FIG. 15B2 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with thetrough line 272. FIGS. 15B1 and 15B2 correspond to cross sections of thebattery 250, thepositive electrodes 211 a, and thenegative electrodes 211 b in the width direction. - The distance between an end portion of the
negative electrode 211 b in the width direction and theseal portion 262 is referred to as a distance La. When thebattery 250 changes in shape, for example, is bent, thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b change in shape such that the positions thereof are shifted from each other in the length direction as described later. At the time, if the distance La is too short, theexterior body 251 and thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b are rubbed hard against each other, so that theexterior body 251 is damaged in some cases. In particular, when a metal film of theexterior body 251 is exposed, there is concern that the metal film is corroded by the electrolyte solution. Thus, the distance La is preferably set as long as possible. However, if the distance La is too long, the volume of thebattery 250 is increased. - The distance La between the end portion of the
negative electrode 211 b and theseal portion 262 is preferably increased as the total thickness of the stackedpositive electrodes 211 a andnegative electrodes 211 b is increased. - Specifically, when the total thickness of the stacked
positive electrodes 211 a andnegative electrodes 211 b and the separators 214 (not illustrated) is referred to as a thickness t, the distance La is preferably 0.8 times or more and 3.0 times or less, further preferably 0.9 times or more and 2.5 times or less, still further preferably 1.0 times or more and 2.0 times or less as large as the thickness t. When the distance La is in the above-described range, a compact battery which is highly reliable for bending can be obtained. - Furthermore, when a distance between the pair of
seal portions 262 is referred to as a distance Lb, it is preferable that the distance Lb be sufficiently longer than a width Wb of thenegative electrode 211 b. In this case, even when thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b come into contact with theexterior body 251 by change in the shape of thebattery 250 such as repeated bending, the position of part of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b can be shifted in the width direction; thus, the positive andnegative electrodes exterior body 251 can be effectively prevented from being rubbed against each other. - For example, the difference between the distance Lb (i.e., the distance between the pair of seal portions 262) and the width Wb of the
negative electrode 211 b is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less, further preferably 1.8 times or more and 5.0 times or less, still further preferably 2.0 times or more and 4.0 times or less as large as the total thickness t of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b. - In other words, the distance Lb, the width Wb, and the thickness t preferably satisfy the relation of the following
Formula 1. -
- In the formula, a is 0.8 or more and 3.0 or less, preferably 0.9 or more and 2.5 or less, further preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
-
FIG. 15C illustrates a cross section including the lead 212 a and corresponds to a cross section of thebattery 250, thepositive electrode 211 a, and thenegative electrode 211 b in the length direction. As illustrated inFIG. 15C , aspace 273 is preferably provided between end portions of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b in the length direction and theexterior body 251 in the foldedportion 261. -
FIG. 15D is a schematic cross-sectional view of thebattery 250 in a state of being bent.FIG. 15D corresponds to a cross section along cutting line B1-B2 inFIG. 15A . - When the
battery 250 is bent, a part of theexterior body 251 positioned on the outer side in bending is unbent and the other part positioned on the inner side changes its shape as it shrinks. More specifically, the part of theexterior body 251 positioned on the outer side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes smaller and the length of the wave period becomes larger. In contrast, the part of theexterior body 251 positioned on the inner side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes larger and the length of the wave period becomes smaller. When theexterior body 251 changes its shape in this manner, stress applied to theexterior body 251 due to bending is relieved, so that a material itself that forms theexterior body 251 does not need to expand and contract. As a result, thebattery 250 can be bent with weak force without damage to theexterior body 251. - Furthermore, as illustrated in
FIG. 15D , when thebattery 250 is bent, the positions of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b are shifted relatively. At this time, ends of the stackedpositive electrodes 211 a andnegative electrodes 211 b on theseal portion 263 side are fixed by the fixingmember 217. Thus, the plurality ofpositive electrodes 211 a and the plurality ofnegative electrodes 211 b are more shifted at a position closer to the foldedportion 261. Therefore, stress applied to thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b is relieved, and thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b themselves do not need to expand and contract. As a result, thebattery 250 can be bent without damage to thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b. - Furthermore, the
space 273 is provided between the end portions of the positive andnegative electrodes exterior body 251, whereby the relative positions of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b can be shifted while the end portions of thepositive electrode 211 a and thenegative electrode 211 b located on an inner side when thebattery 250 is bent do not contact theexterior body 251. - In the
battery 250 illustrated inFIGS. 15A , 15B1, 15B2, 15C and 15D andFIGS. 16A and 16B , the exterior body, thepositive electrode 211 a, and thenegative electrode 211 b are less likely to be damaged and the battery characteristics are less likely to deteriorate even when thebattery 250 is repeatedly bent and unbent. When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used for thepositive electrode 211 a included in thebattery 250, a battery with more excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - In this embodiment, examples of electronic devices including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention are described.
- First,
FIGS. 17A to 17G show examples of electronic devices including the bendable secondary battery described inEmbodiment 3. Examples of an electronic device including a flexible secondary battery include television sets (also referred to as televisions or television receivers), monitors of computers or the like, digital cameras or digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (also referred to as cellular phones or mobile phone devices), portable game machines, portable information terminals, audio reproducing devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines. - In addition, a flexible secondary battery can be incorporated along a curved inside/outside wall surface of a house or a building or a curved interior/exterior surface of an automobile.
-
FIG. 17A illustrates an example of a mobile phone. Amobile phone 7400 is provided with adisplay portion 7402 incorporated in ahousing 7401, anoperation button 7403, anexternal connection port 7404, aspeaker 7405, amicrophone 7406, and the like. Note that themobile phone 7400 includes asecondary battery 7407. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thesecondary battery 7407, a lightweight mobile phone with a long lifetime can be provided. -
FIG. 17B illustrates themobile phone 7400 that is bent. When the wholemobile phone 7400 is curved by external force, thesecondary battery 7407 included in themobile phone 7400 is also curved.FIG. 17C illustrates the curvedsecondary battery 7407. Thesecondary battery 7407 is a thin storage battery. Thesecondary battery 7407 is curved and fixed. Note that thesecondary battery 7407 includes a lead electrode 7408 electrically connected to a current collector 7409. -
FIG. 17D illustrates an example of a bangle display device. Aportable display device 7100 includes ahousing 7101, adisplay portion 7102, anoperation button 7103, and asecondary battery 7104.FIG. 17E illustrates the bentsecondary battery 7104. When the curvedsecondary battery 7104 is on a user's arm, the housing changes its form and the curvature of a part or the whole of thesecondary battery 7104 is changed. Note that the radius of curvature of a curve at a point refers to the radius of the circular arc that best approximates the curve at that point. The reciprocal of the radius of curvature is curvature. Specifically, part or the whole of the housing or the main surface of thesecondary battery 7104 is changed in the range of radius of curvature from 40 mm to 150 mm. When the radius of curvature at the main surface of thesecondary battery 7104 is greater than or equal to 40 mm and less than or equal to 150 mm, the reliability can be kept high. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thesecondary battery 7104, a lightweight portable display device with a long lifetime can be provided. -
FIG. 17F illustrates an example of a watch-type portable information terminal. Aportable information terminal 7200 includes ahousing 7201, adisplay portion 7202, aband 7203, abuckle 7204, anoperation button 7205, aninput output terminal 7206, and the like. - The
portable information terminal 7200 is capable of executing a variety of applications such as mobile phone calls, e-mailing, viewing and editing texts, music reproduction, Internet communication, and a computer game. - The display surface of the
display portion 7202 is curved, and images can be displayed on the curved display surface. In addition, thedisplay portion 7202 includes a touch sensor, and operation can be performed by touching the screen with a finger, a stylus, or the like. For example, by touching anicon 7207 displayed on thedisplay portion 7202, application can be started. - With the
operation button 7205, a variety of functions such as time setting, power on/off, on/off of wireless communication, setting and cancellation of a silent mode, and setting and cancellation of a power saving mode can be performed. For example, the functions of theoperation button 7205 can be set freely by setting the operation system incorporated in theportable information terminal 7200. - The
portable information terminal 7200 can employ near field communication that is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. For example, mutual communication between theportable information terminal 7200 and a headset capable of wireless communication can be performed, and thus hands-free calling is possible. - Moreover, the
portable information terminal 7200 includes theinput output terminal 7206, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via theinput output terminal 7206 is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using theinput output terminal 7206. - The
display portion 7202 of theportable information terminal 7200 includes the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used, a lightweight portable information terminal with a long lifetime can be provided. For example, thesecondary battery 7104 illustrated inFIG. 17E that is in the state of being curved can be provided in thehousing 7201. Alternatively, thesecondary battery 7104 illustrated inFIG. 17E can be provided in theband 7203 such that it can be curved. - A
portable information terminal 7200 preferably includes a sensor. As the sensor, for example a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensitive sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted. -
FIG. 17G illustrates an example of an armband display device. Adisplay device 7300 includes adisplay portion 7304 and the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Thedisplay device 7300 can include a touch sensor in thedisplay portion 7304 and can serve as a portable information terminal. - The display surface of the
display portion 7304 is bent, and images can be displayed on the bent display surface. A display state of thedisplay device 7300 can be changed by, for example, near field communication, which is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. - The
display device 7300 includes an input output terminal, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via the input output terminal is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal. - When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery included in the
display device 7300, a lightweight display device with a long lifetime can be provided. - Next,
FIGS. 18A and 18B illustrate an example of a foldable tablet terminalA tablet terminal 9600 illustrated inFIGS. 18A and 18B includes ahousing 9630 a, ahousing 9630 b, amovable portion 9640 connecting thehousings display portion 9631, a displaymode changing switch 9626, apower switch 9627, a power savingmode changing switch 9625, afastener 9629, and anoperation switch 9628. A flexible panel is used for thedisplay portion 9631, whereby a tablet terminal with a larger display portion can be provided.FIG. 18A illustrates thetablet terminal 9600 that is opened, andFIG. 18B illustrates thetablet terminal 9600 that is closed. - The
tablet terminal 9600 includes apower storage unit 9635 inside thehousings power storage unit 9635 is provided across thehousings movable portion 9640. - Part of the
display portion 9631 can be a touch panel region and data can be input when a displayed operation key is touched. A switching button for showing/hiding a keyboard of the touch panel is touched with a finger, a stylus, or the like, so that keyboard buttons can be displayed on thedisplay portion 9631. - The
display mode switch 9626 can switch the display between a portrait mode and a landscape mode, and between monochrome display and color display, for example. The power savingmode changing switch 9625 can control display luminance in accordance with the amount of external light in use of thetablet terminal 9600, which is measured with an optical sensor incorporated in thetablet terminal 9600. Another detection device including a sensor for detecting inclination, such as a gyroscope sensor or an acceleration sensor, may be incorporated in the tablet terminal, in addition to the optical sensor. - The tablet terminal is closed in
FIG. 18B . The tablet terminal includes thehousing 9630, asolar cell 9633, and a charge anddischarge control circuit 9634 including a DC-DC converter 9636. The secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thepower storage unit 9635. - The
tablet terminal 9600 can be folded such that thehousings display portion 9631 can be protected, which increases the durability of thetablet terminal 9600. With thepower storage unit 9635 including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention which has high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics, thetablet terminal 9600 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided. - The tablet terminal illustrated in
FIGS. 18A and 18B can also have a function of displaying various kinds of data (e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image), a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion, a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input, a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs), and the like. - The
solar cell 9633, which is attached on the surface of the tablet terminal, supplies electric power to a touch panel, a display portion, an image signal processor, and the like. Note that thesolar cell 9633 can be provided on one or both surfaces of thehousing 9630 and thepower storage unit 9635 can be charged efficiently. - The structure and operation of the charge and
discharge control circuit 9634 illustrated inFIG. 18B will be described with reference to a block diagram inFIG. 18C . Thesolar cell 9633, thepower storage unit 9635, the DC-DC converter 9636, aconverter 9637, switches SW1 to SW3, and thedisplay portion 9631 are illustrated inFIG. 18C , and thepower storage unit 9635, the DC-DC converter 9636, theconverter 9637, and the switches SW1 to SW3 correspond to the charge anddischarge control circuit 9634 inFIG. 18B . - First, an example of the operation in the case where power is generated by the
solar cell 9633 using external light is described. The voltage of electric power generated by the solar cell is raised or lowered by the DC-DC converter 9636 to a voltage for charging thepower storage unit 9635. When the power from thesolar cell 9633 is used for the operation of thedisplay portion 9631, the switch SW1 is turned on and the voltage of the power is raised or lowered by theconverter 9637 to a voltage needed for operating thedisplay portion 9631. When display on thedisplay portion 9631 is not performed, the switch SW1 is turned off and the switch SW2 is turned on, so that thepower storage unit 9635 can be charged. - Note that the
solar cell 9633 is described as an example of a power generation means; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example. Thepower storage unit 9635 may be charged using another power generation means such as a piezoelectric element or a thermoelectric conversion element (Peltier element). For example, thepower storage unit 9635 may be charged with a non-contact power transmission module that transmits and receives power wirelessly (without contact) to charge the battery or with a combination of other charging means. -
FIG. 19 illustrates other examples of electronic devices. InFIG. 19 , adisplay device 8000 is an example of an electronic device including asecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, thedisplay device 8000 corresponds to a display device for TV broadcast reception and includes ahousing 8001, adisplay portion 8002,speaker portions 8003, thesecondary battery 8004, and the like. Thesecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention is provided in thehousing 8001. Thedisplay device 8000 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, thedisplay device 8000 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8004. Thus, thedisplay device 8000 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - A semiconductor display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel, an electrophoretic display device, a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED) can be used for the
display portion 8002. - Note that the display device includes, in its category, all of information display devices for personal computers, advertisement displays, and the like other than TV broadcast reception.
- In
FIG. 19 , aninstallation lighting device 8100 is an example of an electronic device using asecondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, thelighting device 8100 includes ahousing 8101, alight source 8102, thesecondary battery 8103, and the like. AlthoughFIG. 19 illustrates the case where thesecondary battery 8103 is provided in aceiling 8104 on which thehousing 8101 and thelight source 8102 are installed, thesecondary battery 8103 may be provided in thehousing 8101. Thelighting device 8100 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, thelighting device 8100 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8103. Thus, thelighting device 8100 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - Note that although the
installation lighting device 8100 provided in theceiling 8104 is illustrated inFIG. 19 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used as an installation lighting device provided in, for example, awall 8105, afloor 8106, awindow 8107, or the like other than theceiling 8104. Alternatively, the secondary battery can be used in a tabletop lighting device or the like. - As the
light source 8102, an artificial light source which emits light artificially by using power can be used. Specifically, an incandescent lamp, a discharge lamp such as a fluorescent lamp, and a light-emitting element such as an LED or an organic EL element are given as examples of the artificial light source. - In
FIG. 19 , an air conditioner including anindoor unit 8200 and anoutdoor unit 8204 is an example of an electronic device including asecondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, theindoor unit 8200 includes ahousing 8201, anair outlet 8202, thesecondary battery 8203, and the like. AlthoughFIG. 19 illustrates the case where thesecondary battery 8203 is provided in theindoor unit 8200, thesecondary battery 8203 may be provided in theoutdoor unit 8204. Alternatively, thesecondary batteries 8203 may be provided in both theindoor unit 8200 and theoutdoor unit 8204. The air conditioner can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the air conditioner can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8203. Particularly in the case where thesecondary batteries 8203 are provided in both theindoor unit 8200 and theoutdoor unit 8204, the air conditioner can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - Note that although the split-type air conditioner including the indoor unit and the outdoor unit is illustrated in
FIG. 19 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in an air conditioner in which the functions of an indoor unit and an outdoor unit are integrated in one housing. - In
FIG. 19 , an electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 is an example of an electronic device using asecondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 includes ahousing 8301, arefrigerator door 8302, afreezer door 8303, thesecondary battery 8304, and the like. Thesecondary battery 8304 is provided in thehousing 8301 inFIG. 19 . The electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8304. Thus, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - In addition, in a time period when electronic devices are not used, particularly when the proportion of the amount of power which is actually used to the total amount of power which can be supplied from a commercial power source (such a proportion referred to as a usage rate of power) is low, power can be stored in the secondary battery, whereby the usage rate of power can be reduced in a time period when the electronic devices are used. For example, in the case of the electric refrigerator-
freezer 8300, power can be stored in thesecondary battery 8304 in night time when the temperature is low and therefrigerator door 8302 and thefreezer door 8303 are not often opened and closed. On the other hand, in daytime when the temperature is high and therefrigerator door 8302 and thefreezer door 8303 are frequently opened and closed, thesecondary battery 8304 is used as an auxiliary power source; thus, the usage rate of power in daytime can be reduced. - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the secondary battery can have excellent cycle characteristics. Furthermore, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a secondary battery with high capacity can be obtained; thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight. Thus, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used in the electronic device described in this embodiment, whereby a more lightweight electronic device with a longer lifetime can be obtained. This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- In this embodiment, examples of vehicles including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention are described.
- The use of secondary batteries in vehicles enables production of next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs), electric vehicles (EVs), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).
-
FIGS. 20A to 20C each illustrate an example of a vehicle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Anautomobile 8400 illustrated inFIG. 20A is an electric vehicle that runs on the power of an electric motor. Alternatively, theautomobile 8400 is a hybrid electric vehicle capable of driving appropriately using either an electric motor or an engine. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a high-mileage vehicle. Theautomobile 8400 includes the secondary battery. As the secondary battery, the modules of the secondary batteries illustrated inFIGS. 12C and 12D may be arranged to be used in a floor portion in the automobile. Alternatively, a battery pack in which a plurality of secondary batteries each of which is illustrated inFIGS. 17A to 17C are combined may be placed in a floor portion in the automobile. The secondary battery is used not only for driving anelectric motor 8406, but also for supplying electric power to a light-emitting device such as a headlight 8401 or a room light (not illustrated). - The secondary battery can also supply electric power to a display device of a speedometer, a tachometer, or the like included in the
automobile 8400. Furthermore, the secondary battery can supply electric power to a semiconductor device included in theautomobile 8400, such as a navigation system. -
FIG. 20B illustrates anautomobile 8500 including the secondary battery. Theautomobile 8500 can be charged when the secondary battery is supplied with electric power through external charging equipment by a plug-in system, a contactless power feeding system, or the like. InFIG. 20B , asecondary battery 8024 included in theautomobile 8500 is charged with the use of a ground-based charging apparatus 8021 through acable 8022. In charging, a given method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or Combined Charging System may be employed as a charging method, the standard of a connector, or the like as appropriate. The ground-based charging apparatus 8021 may be a charging station provided in a commerce facility or a power source in a house. With the use of a plug-in technique, thesecondary battery 8024 included in theautomobile 8500 can be charged by being supplied with electric power from the outside, for example. The charging can be performed by converting AC electric power into DC electric power through a converter such as an AC-DC converter. - Furthermore, although not illustrated, the vehicle may include a power receiving device so that it can be charged by being supplied with electric power from an above-ground power transmitting device in a contactless manner. In the case of the contactless power feeding system, by fitting a power transmitting device in a road or an exterior wall, charging can be performed not only when the electric vehicle is stopped but also when driven. In addition, the contactless power feeding system may be utilized to perform transmission and reception of electric power between vehicles. A solar cell may be provided in the exterior of the automobile to charge the secondary battery when the automobile stops or moves. To supply electric power in such a contactless manner, an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
-
FIG. 20C shows an example of a motorcycle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Amotor scooter 8600 illustrated inFIG. 20C includes asecondary battery 8602, side mirrors 8601, andindicators 8603. Thesecondary battery 8602 can supply electric power to theindicators 8603. - Furthermore, in the
motor scooter 8600 illustrated inFIG. 20C , thesecondary battery 8602 can be held in a storage unit underseat 8604. It is preferable that thesecondary battery 8602 can be held in the storage unit underseat 8604 even with a small size. It is preferable that thesecondary battery 8602 is detachable; thus, thesecondary battery 8602 is carried indoors when it is charged, and is stored before the motorcycle is driven. - In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, the secondary battery can have improved cycle characteristics and the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased. Thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight. The compact and lightweight secondary battery contributes to a reduction in the weight of a vehicle, and thus increases the driving radius. Furthermore, the secondary battery included in the vehicle can be used as a power source for supplying electric power to products other than the vehicle. In such a case, the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, for example. If the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, the avoidance can contribute to energy saving and a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions. Moreover, if the cycle characteristics are excellent, the secondary battery can be used for a long period; thus, the use amount of rare metals such as cobalt can be reduced.
- This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with the other embodiments.
- In this example, cobalt was used for a transition metal contained in a first region of a positive electrode active material. Then, the positive electrode active material prepared by adding magnesium and fluorine to the starting material, and a positive electrode active material prepared without adding magnesium and fluorine as a comparative example were prepared and their characteristics were analyzed. Also, the cycle characteristics were evaluated by changing the concentration of magnesium and fluorine added to the starting material.
-
Samples 1 to 6 of positive electrode active materials were prepared with varying concentrations of magnesium source and fluorine source. Lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials. Magnesium oxide and lithium fluoride were used as addition starting materials different from each sample. - In the
sample 1, magnesium oxide and lithium fluoride were added to the starting material so as to contain 0.5 atomic % of magnesium and 1 atomic % of fluorine with respect to cobalt contained in the common starting material. Hereinafter, this is referred to as “in thesample 1, 0.5 mol % MgO and 1 mol % LiF were used as an addition starting material”. - As described above, in this specification and the like, the amount of the addition starting material is indicated by atomic % or mol % with respect to the transition metal contained in the common starting material. The same applies to the
sample 2 and the following. - For the
sample 2, 0.5 mol % MgO and 0.5 mol % LiF with respect to cobalt were used as addition starting materials. For thesample 3, 0.5 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For thesample 4 which is a comparative example, 1 mol % LiF was used as an addition starting material, and magnesium was not added. For thesample 5 which is a comparative example, 0.5 mol % MgO was used as an addition starting material, and fluorine was not added. For thesample 6 which is a comparative example, neither magnesium nor fluorine was added. The common starting materials and the addition starting materials for each sample are shown in Table 1. -
TABLE 1 Common starting Addition starting Mg:F material material (atomic ratio) Sample 1Li2CO3 0.5 mol % MgO, 1:2 Co3O4 1 mol % LiF Sample 2 0.5 mol % MgO, 1:1 0.5 mo % LiF Sample 3 0.5 mol % MgO, 1:4 2 mol % LiF Sample 4 1 mol % LiF — (comparative example) Sample 50.5 mol % MgO — (comparative example) Sample 6— — (comparative example) - A positive electrode active material was obtained from each of the above six samples in the following process, as in the manufacturing method described in Embodiment 1: mixing of starting materials, first heating, cooling, sieving, second heating, cooling, and recovery. For the particles in the middle of this process and the positive electrode active material after the process, the following analysis was carried out.
- For the
sample 1 and the sample 5 (comparative example), a section near the surface of the particle before the second heating was analyzed using STEM-EDX.FIGS. 22A to 22C show STEM-EDX images of thesample 1 before the second heating.FIGS. 23A to 23C show STEM-EDX images of the sample 5 (comparative example) before the second heating.FIGS. 22A and 23A show STEM images.FIGS. 22B and 23B show magnesium mappings.FIGS. 22C and 23C show fluorine mappings. - As shown in
FIG. 22B , in thesample 1 containing magnesium and fluorine as starting materials, it was observed that magnesium segregated to some extent near the surface of the particles before performing the second heating. The segregated region was about 1 nm to 2 nm from the surface of the particles. - On the other hand, as shown in the EDX mapping in
FIG. 23B , in thesample 5 containing magnesium as a starting material but containing no fluorine, no segregation of magnesium into the vicinity of the surface was observed. - Note that as shown in
FIG. 22C andFIG. 23C , almost no fluorine was observed in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material in both of thesample 1 and thesample 5. This is thought to be because EDX is hard to detect fluorine which is a lightweight element. - Next, for the
sample 1 and the sample 5 (comparative example), the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material before and after the second heating was analyzed. - The XPS analysis conditions were as follows.
- Measurement device: Quantera II manufactured by PHI, Inc.
X-ray source: monochromated Al (1486.6 eV)
Detection area: 100 μm φ
Detection depth: about 4 to 5 nm (extraction angle 45°)
Measurement spectrum: wide, Li1s, Co2p, Ti2p, O1s, C1s, F1s, S2p, Ca2p, Mg1s, Na1s, Zr3d - The results of quantifying the concentration of each element using XPS are shown in Table 2. The quantitative accuracy is about ±1 atomic %. The lower limit of detection is about 1 atomic %, depending on the element. In Ca, the Mg Auger peak separated by waveform is removed, so the quantitative error is larger than usual.
- Table 3 shows the calculation results of the existence ratio of each element when cobalt is 1.
-
TABLE 2 Quantitative value (atomic %) Li Co O C Sample 5 15.000 16.600 47.800 17.600 Before second heating Sample 5 16.600 15.700 48.200 16.600 After second heating Sample 1 12.300 18.400 47.200 16.400 Before second heating Sample 1 12.900 16.700 47.400 16.500 After second heating Quantitative value (atomic %) F S Ca Mg Na Zr Sample 5 0.000 0.000 0.400 0.000 2.000 0.500 Before second heating Sample 5 0.000 0.000 0.400 0.000 2.100 0.400 After second heating Sample 1 0.800 0.000 0.500 2.800 1.300 0.400 Before second heating Sample 1 0.000 0.000 0.400 3.000 2.600 0.600 After second heating -
TABLE 3 Existence ratio Li Co O C Sample 5 0.904 1.000 2.880 1.060 Before second heating Sample 5 1.057 1.000 3.070 1.057 After second heating Sample 1 0.668 1.000 2.565 0.891 Before second heating Sample 1 0.772 1.000 2.838 0.988 After second heating Existence ratio F S Ca Mg Na Zr Sample 5 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.000 0.120 0.030 Before second heating Sample 5 0.000 0.000 0.025 0.000 0.134 0.025 After second heating Sample 1 0.043 0.000 0.027 0.152 0.071 0.022 Before second heating Sample 1 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.180 0.156 0.036 After second heating - Among the existence ratios of the elements shown in Table 3, a graph of magnesium is shown in
FIG. 24 . - As shown in Table 2, Table 3, and
FIG. 24 , in thesample 1 containing magnesium and fluorine as addition starting materials, magnesium was present near the surface of the positive electrode active material measurable by XPS even before the second heating. After the second heating, the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material further increased. - In other words, it seems that segregation of magnesium on the surface of the positive electrode active material advanced by the second heating. Thus, it was confirmed that the positive electrode active material of the
sample 1 has a first region in the inner portion and a second region in the superficial portion, and that the first region contains lithium cobalt oxide and the second region contains magnesium. - On the other hand, in the
sample 5 containing no fluorine as an addition starting material and containing only magnesium, the amount of magnesium near the surface of the positive electrode active material was lower than the detection lower limit both before and after the second heating. In other words, fluorine contained in the starting material surprisingly proved to have the effect of segregating magnesium in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. - Next, CR2032 (
diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) coin type secondary batteries were fabricated using a positive electrode active material of thesample 1 before and after the second heating, a positive electrode active material of thesample 5 before and after the first heating, and positive electrode active materials of thesample 2,sample 3,sample 4, andsample 6. Their cycle characteristics were evaluated. - A positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which the formed positive electrode active material, acetylene black (AB), and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) were mixed at a weight ratio of positive electrode active material:AB:PVDF=95:2.5:2.5 to a current collector was used for the positive electrode.
- A lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- As an electrolyte contained in an electrolyte solution, 1 mol/L lithium hexafluorophosphate (LiPF6) was used, and as the electrolyte solution, a solution in which ethylene carbonate (EC) and diethyl carbonate (DEC) at a volume ratio of EC:DEC=3:7 and vinylene carbonate (VC) at a 2 weight % were mixed was used.
- A positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- The measurement temperature for the cycle characteristics test was 25° C. Charging was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight and an upper limit voltage of 4.6 V, followed by constant voltage charge until a current density was reached to 1.4 mA/g. Discharge was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight and with a lower limit voltage of 2.5 V. 30 cycles of charging and discharging were performed.
-
FIGS. 25A and 25B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material before and after the second heating of thesample 1 and before and after the first heating of thesample 5.FIG. 25A is an energy density at 4.6 V charging.FIG. 25B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. The energy density is the product of the discharge capacity and the discharge average voltage. - As shown in
FIGS. 25A and 25B , in thesample 1 containing magnesium and fluorine added as the starting material, cycle performance was greatly improved by performing the second heating. The energy density was also favorable. - This is considered to be due to the fact that the amount of magnesium existing in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material was increased by performing the second heating, as is clear from the above XPS results.
- On the other hand, in
Sample 5 containing only magnesium as an addition starting material, no significant difference in cycle characteristics was observed before and after the second heating. -
FIGS. 26 and 27 show graphs of the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of thesample 1 to thesample 6 after the second heating.FIG. 26 is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging, andFIG. 27 is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. - As shown in
FIG. 26 andFIG. 27 , the sample 4 (comparative example) in which only fluorine was added to the starting material and the sample 5 (comparative example) in which only magnesium was added showed cycle characteristics inferior to the sample 6 (comparative example) in which neither magnesium nor fluorine was added. - On the other hand, the
samples 1 to 3 in which magnesium and fluorine were added to the starting material showed good cycle characteristics. The best cycle characteristics were shown in thesample 1 in which the atomic ratio of magnesium to fluorine was 1:2. Thesample 2 having a content ratio of magnesium to fluorine of 1:4 showed good cycle characteristics. As is clear fromFIG. 26 , not only the cycle characteristics but also the energy density was good. - It was revealed that a positive electrode active material exhibiting good cycle characteristics can be obtained by adding magnesium and fluorine to the starting material in this way. Further, the atomic ratio of magnesium to fluorine contained in the starting material is preferably Mg:F=1:x (1.5≤x≤4), and it became clear that Mg:F=about 1:2 is most preferable.
- Next, a positive electrode active material of the
samples - For the
sample sample sample 7 and thesample 8, the starting materials were mixed and subjected to the first heating, cooled, sieved, subjected to the second heating, cooled, and collected in the same manner as in the manufacturing method described inEmbodiment 1. In this way, a positive electrode active material and a secondary battery were fabricated. - Table 4 shows common starting materials and addition starting materials of the
sample 1, thesample 7, and thesample 8, in which the atomic ratio of magnesium to fluorine as raw material is Mg:F=1:2, and of thesample 6 without addition of magnesium and fluorine as a comparative example. -
TABLE 4 Common starting Addition starting Mg:F material material (atomic ratio) Sample 1Li2CO3 0.5 mol % MgO, 1:2 Co3O4 1 mol % LiF Sample 7 1 mol % MgO, 1:2 2 mol % LiF Sample 8 2 mol % MgO, 1:2 4 mol % LiF Sample 6 1 mol % LiF — (comparative example) -
FIGS. 28A and 28B are graphs of cycle characteristics of secondary batteries using positive electrode active materials of thesample 1, thesample 7, thesample 8, and the sample 6 (comparative example).FIG. 28A is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging, andFIG. 28B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. - As shown in
FIG. 28A andFIG. 28B , all samples in which the atomic number ratio of magnesium to fluorine of Mg:F=1:2 as a raw material showed good cycle characteristics. Among them, thesample 7 using 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF as addition starting materials showed the best cycle characteristics, and the energy density retention rate after 30 cycles was 93%. Also as apparent fromFIG. 28A , not only the cycle characteristics but also the energy density was good. - This example shows a comparison result of a positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium and a positive electrode active material having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from the outside.
- The
sample 7 in Example 1 was used as a positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium, in which 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. - <Positive Electrode Active Material Having MgO Formed by Coating from Outside>
- As a positive electrode active material having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from outside, positive electrode active materials of the sample 9 (comparative example) and the sample 10 (comparative example) in which lithium cobalt oxide was coated with magnesium oxide using polygonal barrel sputtering were used. Manufacturing methods of the sample 9 (comparative example) and the sample 10 (comparative example) are described below.
- Lithium cobalt oxide produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-10N) was used. For polygonal barrel sputtering, magnesium oxide was used as a target, power was set to 450 W, Ar and O2 were used as sputtering gas to form a film. The partial pressures of Ar and O2 were set at 0.6 Pa and 0.5 Pa, respectively. The processing time was 36 minutes for the
sample sample 10. - STEM observation after polygonal barrel sputtering treatment revealed that a magnesium oxide layer of about 1 nm to 3 nm adhered to the surface of the positive electrode active material of the
sample 9. In thesample 10, a magnesium oxide layer of about 6 nm to 8 nm adhered to the surface of the positive electrode active material. - After that, the
sample 9 and thesample 10 were heated at 800° C. for 2 hours in the same manner as in the second heating described inEmbodiment 1. Dry air having a temperature rise of 200° C./h and a dew point of −109° C. was flowed at 10 L/min. - The conditions for the
sample 7, the sample 9 (comparative example), and the sample 10 (comparative example) to be compared in this example are shown in Table 5. -
TABLE 5 Inner Superficial portion portion Sample 7 LiCoO2 Second region formed by segregation, about 1 nm Sample 9 MgO formed by barrel-sputtering, (comparative about 3 nm example) Sample 10MgO formed by barrel-sputtering, (comparative about 8 nm example) - Cross sections of the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 7 and the sample 10 (comparative example) were observed using STEM.FIGS. 29A and 29B show STEM images of thesample 7 having a second region formed by segregation.FIGS. 30A and 30B show STEM images of the sample 10 (comparative example) having a magnesium oxide layer formed by coating from the outside. - In the
sample 7, it was possible to observe that the first region and the second region were different regions from the difference in image brightness or the like. As shown inFIGS. 29A and 29B , in thesample 7 having the second region formed by segregation, the second region of about 1 nm to 2 nm was observed. - Also in the sample 10 (comparative example), as shown in
FIGS. 30A and 30B , it was possible to observe that a magnesium oxide layer was formed on lithium cobalt oxide from the difference in image brightness or the like. In the sample 10 (comparative example), the magnesium oxide layer of about 8 nm was observed. - In both of the
sample 7 and the sample 10 (comparative example), at least part of the arrangement of cations and anions between different layers is aligned, and orientations of the crystal in the first region and the crystal in the second region were aligned. - Secondary batteries were fabricated in the same manner as in Example 1 using the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 7, the sample 9 (comparative example), and the sample 10 (comparative example), and charge and discharge characteristics were evaluated.FIGS. 31A, 31B, and 31C show the charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of thesample 7, the sample 9 (comparative example), and the sample 10 (comparative example), respectively. - As shown in
FIGS. 31A to 31C , thesample 7 having the second region formed by the segregation of magnesium had larger capacity than thesamples sample 7, and exhibited better cycle characteristics. - Next, the results of evaluating the cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 7, the sample 9 (comparative example), and the sample 10 (comparative example) are shown inFIGS. 32A and 32B . The cycle characteristic test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. -
FIG. 32A is a graph of an energy density at 4.6 V charging, andFIG. 32B is a graph of an energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. As shown inFIG. 32B , thesample 7 having the second region formed by segregation has much better cycle characteristics than thesample 9 and thesample 10 each having the magnesium oxide layer formed by the polygonal barrel sputtering. As shown inFIG. 32A , the energy density was also better in thesample 7. - Thus, it was revealed that the second region formed by the segregation of magnesium contributes to better charge and discharge characteristics and cycle characteristics than the magnesium oxide layer formed by the polygonal barrel sputtering.
- From these results, it was presumed that the magnesium-containing region formed as a result of segregation of magnesium previously contained in the starting material on the surface contributes to the stabilization of the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide rather than the magnesium oxide layer coated from the outside of the lithium cobalt oxide particles.
- In this example, characteristics of the positive electrode active material having a second region formed by segregation of magnesium were clarified by various analyses.
- The
sample 7 of Example 1 using 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF as addition starting materials was used as an analysis sample of this example. -
FIGS. 33A to 33C andFIGS. 34A to 34C show STEM-FFT images of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of thesample 7 having the second region formed by segregation.FIG. 33A is a STEM image of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material, andFIG. 33B is the FFT (Fast Fourier Transform) image of the region indicated by FFT1 inFIG. 33A . Some luminescent spots of the FFT image ofFIG. 33B are called A, B, C, O as shown inFIG. 33C . - Regarding the luminescent spots of the FFT image in the region indicated by FFT1, the measured values were d=0.20 nm for OA, d=0.24 nm for OB, and d=0.25 nm for OC. In addition, ∠AOB=53°, ∠BOC=74°, and ∠AOC=127°.
- The results are close to d=0.21 nm for OA(200), d=0.24 nm for OB(1-11), d=0.24 nm for OC(−1-11), ∠AOB=55°, ∠BOC=70°, and ∠AOC=125° which are obtained from magnesium oxide (MgO) data (ICDD45-0945) in the ICDD (International Centre for Diffraction Data). Therefore, it became clear that the region indicated by FFT1 is a region having a rock salt type crystal structure and is an image of [011] incidence.
-
FIG. 34A is a STEM image of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material ofFIG. 33A .FIG. 34B shows the FFT image of the region indicated by FFT2 inFIG. 34A . Some luminescent spot of the FFT image ofFIG. 34B is called A, B, C, O as shown inFIG. 34C . - Regarding the luminescent spots of the FFT image in the region indicated by FFT2, the measured values were d=0.24 nm for OA, d=0.20 nm for OB, and d=0.45 nm for OC. In addition, ∠AOB=25°, ∠BOC=53°, and ∠AOC=78°.
- The results are close to d=0.24 nm for OA(101), d=0.20 nm for OB(104), d=0.47 nm for OC(003), ∠AOB=25°, ∠BOC=55°, and ∠AOC=80° which are obtained from lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO2) data (ICDD50-0653) in the ICDD database. Therefore, it became clear that the region indicated by FFT2 is a region containing lithium cobalt oxide and is an image of [010] incidence.
- Furthermore, from the STEM images of
FIG. 33A andFIG. 34A , it was observed that the brightness of the image was different between the first region and the second region, and that orientations of the crystal in the first region and the crystal in the second region were aligned. - Next, analysis results of the vicinity of the surface and the vicinity of crystal defects of the
sample 7 using STEM-EDX are shown inFIGS. 35A to 35C ,FIG. 36 , and FIGS. 37A1 to 37B2. -
FIGS. 35A to 35C show the STEM-EDX analysis results of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of thesample 7.FIG. 35A shows the STEM image,FIG. 35B shows the magnesium mapping, andFIG. 35C shows the fluorine mapping. - Magnesium in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material was observed more clearly in the sample 7 (
FIGS. 35A to 35C ) in which 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were added as starting materials than in the sample 1 (FIGS. 22A to 22C ) in which 0.5 mol % MgO and 1 mol % LiF were added as starting materials described in Example 1. This supports the result of Example 1 that the larger the amount of magnesium in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material is, the better the cycle characteristic is. -
FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional TEM image of the vicinity of the crystal defects of the positive electrode active material of thesample 7. In acrystal defect 1001 inFIG. 36 , portions, which seem to be crystal defects, with different brightness from other portions were observed. - FIGS. 37A1 to 37B2 show STEM-EDX analysis results of the
crystal defect 1001 inFIG. 36 . - FIG. 37A1 shows a STEM image of the
crystal defect 1001. FIG. 37A2 shows the magnesium mapping. FIG. 37B1 shows the fluorine mapping. FIG. 37B2 shows the zirconium mapping. - As shown in FIG. 37A2, segregation of magnesium was observed in the crystal defect of the positive electrode active material of the
sample 7 and its vicinity. This shows that thesample 7 is the positive electrode active material having a second region not only in the vicinity of the surface but also in the inner portion. In addition, as shown in FIG. 37B2, zirconium segregation was also observed in the inner portion of the second region. Since the step of mixing the starting materials is carried out by a ball mill and zirconium is used for the material of the ball mill, there is a possibility that zirconium enters thesample 7. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 37B1, fluorine is hardly detected in the inner portion of the second region. This is probably because fluorine, which is a lightweight element, is difficult to detect with EDX. - Next, the positive electrode active material of the
sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation is analyzed using ToF-SIMS to investigate the distribution of magnesium and fluorine in the depth direction, and the analysis results are shown inFIG. 38 . - Analysis was carried out in the depth direction from the surface of the positive electrode active material by alternately repeating ToF-SIMS analysis and sputtering using particles of multiple positive electrode active materials as samples. TOF.SIMS 5-300 (manufactured by ION-TOF GmbH) was used as the measuring device. Cs was used as an ion source for sputtering. The analysis was conducted in the range of about 50 μm square.
-
FIG. 38 shows a graph of the intensity of magnesium oxide ion ([MgO2]2−) and fluoride ion (F−). The horizontal axis shows the number of measurements (the number of cycles). Since the analysis on negative ions was carried out in this measurement, the distribution of magnesium was evaluated by the intensity of [MgO2]2−. Note that each intensity was normalized by setting the maximum value to 1. - As shown in
FIG. 38 , it was revealed that in thesample 7 having the second region formed by segregation of magnesium, the distribution of magnesium and fluorine in the depth direction overlapped with the peak. - Next, Table 6 and
FIG. 39 show the results of analyzing the positive electrode active material of thesample 7 using XPS before and after the second heating. The XPS analysis was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. - The results of quantifying the concentration of each element of the
sample 7 using XPS are shown in Table 6. Note that the quantitative accuracy is about ±1 atomic %, and the detection lower limit is about 1 atomic % depending on the element. In Ca, the curve-fitting Mg Auger peak is removed, and the quantitative error is larger than usual. -
TABLE 6 Quantitative value (atomic %) Li Co Ti O C F S Ca Mg Na Zr Sample 7 12.2 17.9 0.0 47.9 14.5 1.6 0.0 0.4 3.7 1.4 0.3 Before second heating Sample 7 12.5 15.9 0.0 46.6 14.7 1.4 0.2 0.7 5.5 2.2 0.3 After second heating - The quantitative values in Table 6 are values in the range of from 4 nm to 5 nm in depth from the surface of the positive electrode active material toward the center, which can be analyzed by XPS, and when the total amount of lithium, cobalt, titanium, oxygen, carbon, fluorine, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and zirconium is taken as 100 atomic %.
- As shown in Table 6, in the range of from 4 nm to 5 nm in depth from the surface toward the center of the
sample 7 having the second region formed by segregation after the second heating, the magnesium concentration was 5.5 atomic % and the fluorine concentration was 1.4 atomic % when the total amount of lithium, cobalt, titanium, oxygen, carbon, fluorine, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and zirconium was taken as 100%. - When the total amount of lithium, cobalt, oxygen, fluorine, and magnesium was taken as 100%, the concentration of magnesium was calculated to be 6.7%, and the concentration of fluorine was calculated to be 1.7%.
- The ratio of the concentration of magnesium to fluorine was within the range of Mg:F=y:1 (3≤y≤5), more precisely Mg:F=about 3.9:1.
- Next, the results of analyzing the bonding state of fluorine in the
sample 7 after the second heating by the surface XPS analysis are shown inFIG. 39 . As a comparative example, the results of a sample prepared in the same manner as in thesample 7 except that 10 mol % LiF was used as an addition starting material and no magnesium was added are shown. The XPS spectra of standard samples of MgF2 and LiF are also shown. - As shown in
FIG. 39 , in the sample in which 10 mol % LiF was used as an addition starting material and no magnesium was added, the peak of the binding energy of fluorine was about 685 eV which is equal to LiF, and it was considered that LiF is the main bonding state for fluorine on the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. On the other hand, in thesample 7 having 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF added as the starting material and having the second region, the peak of the binding energy of fluorine on the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material was 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV, more accurately, was 684.3 eV, which was not consistent with either MgF2 or LiF. In other words, fluorine contained in the second region of the positive electrode active material was presumed to exist in a bonded state not MgF2 or LiF. - In the present example, examination results of the temperature of the second heating and the atmosphere during the second heating when the positive electrode active material having the second region formed by segregation was formed will be described.
- Positive electrode active material of the
sample 11 to thesample 13, in which the temperature of the second heating was changed, were prepared. For all starting materials, lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials, and 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. - The positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in the
sample 7 of Example 1 except that the temperature of the second heating was 700° C. for thesample sample sample 13. Note that the temperature of the second heating for thesample 7 was 800° C. The temperature of the second heating for each sample is shown in Table 7. -
TABLE 7 Addition starting Temperature of material second heating (° C.) Sample 111 mol % MgO 700 Sample 72 mol % LiF 800 Sample 12900 Sample 131000 - Secondary batteries were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, using the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 7 and thesample 11 to thesample 13, and the cycle characteristics were evaluated. The cycle characteristics of thesample 7 and thesample 11 to sample 13 are shown inFIGS. 40A and 40B . The charge and discharge conditions were the same as those in Example 1. -
FIG. 40A is a graph of energy density at 4.6 V charging, andFIG. 40B is a graph of energy density retention rate at 4.6 V charging. As shown inFIG. 40B , thesample 7 with the second heating temperature of 800° C. showed the best cycle characteristics. Thesample 11 at the second heating temperature of 700° C. and thesample 12 at 900° C. had the second best cycle characteristics. Even in thesample 13 at which the second heating temperature of 1000° C., the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles was 76%. This can be said that thesample 13 exhibited favorable cycle characteristics as compared with thesample 6 shown inFIG. 26 that had no addition starting material and had the energy density retention rate of 63% after 20 cycles. - Accordingly, the temperature of the second heating is preferably 700° C. or more and 1000° C. or less, more preferably 700° C. or more and 900° C. or less, and much more preferably approximately 800° C.
- Positive electrode active materials of the
sample 14 to thesample 16 were prepared by changing the atmosphere of the second heating from dry air to 100% oxygen. For all starting materials, lithium carbonate and cobalt oxide were used as common starting materials, and 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. The positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as thesample 7, thesample 12, and thesample 13, except that the second heating was changed to an oxygen atmosphere. - Secondary batteries were fabricated in the same manner as in Example 1, using the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 14 to thesample 16, and the cycle characteristics were evaluated together with thesamples - Graphs of energy density and cycle characteristics of the
sample 7 and thesample 12 to thesample 16 are shown inFIGS. 41A to 41C andFIGS. 42A to 42C .FIGS. 41A to 41C are graphs of energy density, andFIGS. 42A to 42C are graphs of cycle characteristics.FIGS. 41A and 42A show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of thesample 14 and thesample 7 with the second heating temperature of 800° C.FIGS. 41B and 42B show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of thesample 15 and thesample 12 with the second heating temperature of 900° C.FIGS. 41C and 42C show the energy density and the cycle characteristics of thesample 16 and thesample 13 with the second heating temperature of 1000° C. The second heating atmosphere and the second heating temperature of each sample shown inFIGS. 41A to 41C andFIGS. 42A to 42C are shown in Table 8. -
TABLE 8 Temperature of Atmosphere of second heating (° C.) second heating Sample 14 800 O2 Sample 7 800 Dry Air Sample 15 900 O2 Sample 12 900 Dry Air Sample 16 1000 O2 Sample 13 1000 Dry Air - As shown in
FIGS. 41A to 41C , when the second heating at 800° C., 900° C., and 1000° C. was performed, the second heating performed in an oxygen atmosphere contributed to better cycle characteristics than that performed in the dry air. - In this example, the cycle characteristics when magnesium and fluorine were used as addition starting materials and the cycle characteristics when an element other than magnesium or fluorine was used were compared.
- First, the cycle characteristics were compared between the case of using magnesium and fluorine as the addition starting materials and the case of using chlorine instead of fluorine.
- For the
sample sample 17, 1 mol % MgO, 1 mol % LiF, and 1 mol % LiCl were used. For thesample 18 as a comparative example, 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiCl were used. For thesample 6 as a comparative example, neither magnesium nor fluorine nor chlorine was added. - For the
sample 7, the sample 17, thesample 18, and thesample 6, positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and secondary batteries using them were prepared, to evaluate the cycle characteristics. The cycle characteristic test was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1. - Table 9 shows the addition starting materials and the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles of each sample.
-
TABLE 9 Energy density retention Addition starting rate (%) at 4.6 V charging material after 20 cycles Sample 7 1 mol % MgO, 2 mol % LiF 97.0 Sample 17 1 mol % MgO, 1 mol % LiF, 80.2 1 mol % LiCl Sample 18 1 mol % MgO, 2 mol % LiCl 55.8 (comparative example) Sample 6— 62.9 (comparative example) - As shown in Table 9, when chlorine was added in place of fluorine, cycle characteristics tended to decrease. However, in the sample 17 having 1 mol % fluorine and 1 mol % chlorine, the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles was 80% or more. This was a good cycle characteristic as compared with the
sample 6 having neither magnesium nor fluorine nor chlorine. - Next, the cycle characteristics were compared between the case where magnesium and fluorine were used as addition starting materials and the case where other metals were used instead of magnesium.
- The
sample 7 of Example 1 was used as a sample using magnesium and fluorine as addition starting materials. For a sample 19 as a comparative example, 1 mol % MgO, 1 mol % TiO2, and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For asample 20 as a comparative example, 1 mol % ZrO2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 21 as a comparative example, 1 mol % TiO2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 22 as a comparative example, 1 mol % V2O5 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 23 as a comparative example, 1 mol % ZnO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 24 as a comparative example, 1 mol % CaO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For asample 25 as a comparative example, 1 mol % Al2O3 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 26 as a comparative example, 1 mol % MoO2 and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 27 as a comparative example, 1 mol % SrO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 28 as a comparative example, 1 mol % NaF and 1 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. For a sample 29 as a comparative example, 1 mol % BaO and 2 mol % LiF were used as addition starting materials. As a comparative example in which neither fluorine nor any metal was added, thesample 6 of Example 1 was used. - For the
sample 6, thesample 7, and the samples 19 to 29, positive electrode active materials were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1, and secondary batteries using them were prepared to evaluate cycle characteristics. - Table 10 shows the addition starting materials and the energy density retention rate after 20 cycles of each sample.
-
TABLE 10 Energy density retention Addition starting rate (%) at 4.6 V charging material after 20 cycles Sample 7 1 mol % MgO, 2 mol % LiF 97.0 Sample 19 1 mol % MgO, 1 mol % TiO2, 58.5 (comparative 2 mol % LiF example) Sample 201 mol % ZrO2, 2 mol % LiF 58.4 (comparative example) Sample 21 1 mol % TiO2, 2 mol % LiF 55.2 (comparative example) Sample 22 1 mol % V2O5, 2 mol % LiF 54.8 (comparative example) Sample 23 1 mol % ZnO, 2 mol % LiF 53.8 (comparative example) Sample 24 1 mol % CaO, 2 mol % LiF 51.0 (comparative example) Sample 251 mol % Al2O3, 2 mol % LiF 49.7 (comparative example) Sample 26 1 mol % MoO2, 2 mol % LiF 49.5 (comparative example) Sample 27 1 mol % SrO, 2 mol % LiF 49.0 (comparative example) Sample 28 1 mol % NaF, 1 mol % LiF 47.3 (comparative example) Sample 29 1 mol % BaO, 2 mol % LiF 4.9 (comparative example) Sample 6— 62.9 (comparative example) - As shown in Table 10, when other metals were added in place of magnesium, cycle characteristics tended to deteriorate.
- From these results, it became clear that it is extremely effective way to use magnesium and fluorine in combination as addition starting materials.
- From the previous example, it was revealed that magnesium segregates on the surface of the positive electrode active material by adding magnesium and fluorine as starting materials of the positive electrode active material. Moreover, it became clear that the positive electrode active material can have high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics since it has a good coating layer formed by segregation.
- A secondary battery having such a positive electrode active material has high capacity and long lifetime, so it is suitable for portable electronic devices. Furthermore, when used to cars and other vehicles, it is also possible to avoid using commercial power at the peak of electric power demand, which can contribute to energy saving and reduction of carbon dioxide emissions.
- In the present example, evaluation results of a prepared positive electrode active material in which nickel, manganese, and cobalt are used as the transition metal of the first region will be described.
- A
sample 31 having magnesium and fluorine and asample 32 having neither magnesium nor fluorine as a comparative example were prepared. - The
sample 31 was a sample obtained by adding 1 atomic % of magnesium and 2 atomic % of fluorine with respect to the sum of nickel, manganese, and cobalt as starting materials. In addition, the atomic ratio between nickel, manganese, and cobalt as starting materials was Ni:Mn:Co=1:1:1. - First, lithium carbonate (Li2CO3) was used as the lithium source of the common starting material. As the nickel source, nickel oxide (NiO) was used. As the manganese source, manganese oxide (MnO2) was used. As the cobalt source, cobalt oxide (Co3O4) was used. As the magnesium source of the addition starting material, magnesium oxide (MgO) was used. As the fluorine source, lithium fluoride (LiF) was used.
- Each starting material was weighed so as to have an atomic ratio of LiCo0.323Mn0.333Ni0.333O2+MgO0.01LiF0.02.
- Next, the weighed starting materials were mixed with a ball mill.
- Then, the mixed starting materials were baked. The baking was performed at 950° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air atmosphere was 10 L/min.
- Through the above process, particles of composite oxide containing lithium, nickel, manganese, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium were synthesized.
- The synthesized composite oxide particles were cooled to room temperature.
- Then, the composite oxide particles were heated. The heating was performed in a dry air atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- The heated particles were cooled to room temperature and subjected to crushing treatment. In the crushing treatment, the particles were made to pass through a sieve having an aperture width of 53 μm.
- The particles which were subjected to the crushing treatment were used as a positive electrode active material of the
sample 31. - For the
sample 32, each starting material was weighed to have an atomic ratio of LiCo0.333Mn0.333Ni0.333O2. In addition, baking was performed at 1000° C. For other than that, the fabrication method of thesample 31 can be referred to. - Table 11 shows the fabrication conditions of the
samples -
TABLE 11 Common starting Addition starting Mg:F material material (atomic ratio) Sample 31Li2CO3 1 mol % MgO, 1:2 NiO, MnO2, Co3O4 2 mol % LiF Sample 32 — — - Next, CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries (with a diameter of 20 mm and a height of 3.2 mm) were fabricated using the positive electrode active materials of the
sample 31 and thesample 32 formed in the above manners. Their cycle characteristics were evaluated. - A positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which the positive electrode active materials of the
samples - A lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- As an electrolyte contained in an electrolyte solution, 1 mol/L lithium hexafluorophosphate (LiPF6) was used. As the electrolyte solution, a solution in which ethylene carbonate (EC) and diethyl carbonate (DEC) at a volume ratio of EC:DEC=3:7 and vinylene carbonate (VC) at a 2 weight % were mixed was used.
- A positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- The measurement temperature in the cycle characteristics test was 25° C. Charging was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight, and an upper limit voltage of 4.6 V. After that, constant voltage charging was performed until the current density reached 1.4 mA/g. Discharge was carried out at a constant current with a current density of 68.5 mA/g per active material weight, with a lower limit voltage of 2.5 V.
-
FIG. 43A shows the discharge capacity of the secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials of thesample 31 and thesample 32 at 4.6 V charging.FIG. 43B shows the discharge capacity retention rate thereof. - Compared to the
sample 32 with no addition of magnesium or fluorine, thesample 31 with addition of magnesium and fluorine showed very good cycle characteristics. - Next, the results of various analyzes of the
sample 31 are shown below. - STEM images of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of the
sample 31 are shown inFIGS. 44A and 44B andFIGS. 45A and 45B .FIG. 44B is a STEM image obtained by enlarging a part ofFIG. 44A .FIGS. 45A and 45B are HAADF-STEM images obtained by enlarging a part ofFIG. 44A . - As is apparent from
FIGS. 45A and 45B , in a region of about 0.5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, a state where the brightness is different from that in other regions was observed. This is probably due to the large amount of magnesium which is a lighter element than the transition metal. - Also, in the region from about 0.5 nm to 5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, a state where the regularity was different from that in the internal region was observed. It was considered that this is because the orientation of crystals differs between the region from about 0.5 nm to 5 nm from the surface and the internal region.
-
FIG. 46A is a bright field STEM image in the same range asFIG. 45B .FIG. 46B shows a fast Fourier transform (FFT) image of a region indicated by FFT1 inFIG. 46A . Some luminescent spot of the FFT1 image is called A, B, C, O as shown inFIG. 46B . - Regarding the luminescent spots of the FFT image in the region indicated by FFT1, the measured values were d=0.22 nm for OA, d=0.25 nm for OB, and d=0.23 nm for OC. In addition, ∠AOB=58°, ∠BOC=69°, ∠AOC=127°.
- The results are close to d=0.21 nm for OA(200), d=0.24 nm for OB(1-11), d=0.24 nm for OC(−1-11), ∠AOB=55°, ∠BOC=70°, ∠AOC=125° which are obtained from magnesium oxide (MgO) data (ICDD45-0945) in the ICDD (International Centre for Diffraction Data). Therefore, it became clear that the region indicated by FFT1 is a region having a rock salt type crystal structure and is an image of [011] incidence.
-
FIG. 46C shows an FFT image of a region indicated by FFT2 inFIG. 46A . Some luminescent spot of the FFT2 image is called A, B, C, O as shown inFIG. 46C . - Regarding the luminescent spots of the FFT image in the region indicated by FFT2, the measured values were d=0.25 nm for OA, d=0.21 nm for OB, and d=0.49 nm for OC. In addition, ∠AOB=26°, ∠BOC=57°, ∠AOC=83°.
- The results are close to d=0.24 nm for OA(10-11), d=0.20 nm for OB(10-14), d=0.47 nm for OC(0003), ∠AOB=25°, ∠BOC=55°, ∠AOC=80° which are obtained from lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO2) data (ICDD50-0653) in the ICDD database. Therefore, it became clear that the region indicated by FFT2 is a region having a layered rock-salt type crystal structure and is an image of [−12-10] incidence.
-
FIG. 46D shows an FFT image of a region indicated by FFT3 inFIG. 46A . Some luminescent spot of the FFT3 image is called A, B, C, O as shown inFIG. 46D . - Regarding the luminescent spots of the FFT image in the region indicated by FFT3, the measured values were d=0.21 nm for OA, d=0.26 nm for OB, and d=0.24 nm for OC. In addition, ∠AOB=56°, ∠BOC=72°, ∠AOC=128°.
- The results are close to d=0.20 nm for OA(01-14), d=0.23 nm for OB(10-1-2), d=0.23 nm for OC(1-102), ∠AOB=55°, ∠BOC=70°, ∠AOC=125° which are obtained from lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO2) data (ICDD50-0653) in the ICDD database. Therefore, it became clear that the region indicated by FFT2 is a region having a layered rock-salt type crystal structure and is an image of [02-21] incidence.
- In other words, the regions indicated by FFT2 and FFT3 were found to have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, but to have different crystal axis directions from each other.
- In the range observable in
FIG. 45A ,FIG. 45B , andFIG. 46A , it was observed that the crystal orientations roughly coincided with each other even if the brightness was different. -
FIG. 47 shows the structure near the surface of the positive electrode active material, which is estimated from the STEM-FFT result, together with the STEM image. M inFIG. 47 indicates any one of nickel, manganese, and cobalt. - FFT3 which is a region in an inner portion of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock-salt type crystal structure. Also, it is an image of [02-21] incidence observed when lithium and M atoms overlap with each other.
- In addition, FFT2 which is a region of the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock-salt type crystal structure. FFT2 is an image of [−12-10] incidence showing the state of repeating the layer of oxygen atoms, the layer of M (one of nickel, manganese, and cobalt) atoms, and the layer of lithium atoms. It is considered that the darker layer and the brighter layer are repeated in the bright field STEM image because the layer of M, and the layer of oxygen and lithium are repeated. That is, although FFT3 and FFT2 have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, the crystal axis directions are different from each other.
- Also, in the region of the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material, FFT1 which is a region closer to the surface than FFT2 has a rock-salt type crystal structure and is an image of [011] incidence.
- Next, the cross section of the positive electrode active material of the
sample 31 near the surface was analyzed using EDX, and the results are shown in FIGS. 48A1 to 48B2 and FIG. 49A1 to B2. - FIG. 48A1 is a HAADF-STEM image, FIG. 48A2 is a mapping of oxygen, FIG. 48B1 is a mapping of magnesium, and FIG. 48B2 is a mapping of fluorine. FIG. 49A1 is the same HAADF-STEM image as in FIG. 48A1, FIG. 49A2 is a mapping of manganese, FIG. 49B1 is a mapping of nickel, and FIG. 49B2 is a mapping of cobalt.
- From FIG. 48B1, it was observed that magnesium segregated in the region of about 3 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material. By comparing FIGS. 49A2, 49B1, and 49B2, it was observed that there was a region containing less manganese and more nickel and cobalt than the inner side, on where the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. This region was about 5 nm from the surface and almost overlapped with the region in which regularity different from the inner portion was observed in the STEM image.
- Therefore, it was confirmed that the positive electrode active material of the
sample 31 is a positive electrode active material having a region containing magnesium in the superficial portion and a region having a low content of manganese in a part of the inner portion. - From the above results, it became clear that the positive electrode active material of the
sample 31, which was prepared by setting the molar ratio of starting materials to LiNi1/3Mn1/3Co1/3O2+1 mol % MgO+2 mol % LiF and heating at 800° C., has the following characteristics. - First, the positive electrode active material of the
sample 31 includes a second region having magnesium oxide in the superficial portion. In the inner portion of the positive electrode active material, a region containing LiNixMnyCozO2 (x+y+z=1) having a layered rock-salt type crystal structure at a part closer to the center part, and a region containing LiNiaMnbCocO2 (a+b+c=1) having a layered rock-salt type crystal structure at a part closer to the surface are included. - The internal LiNixMnyCozO2 and LiNiaMnbCocO2 have the same layered rock-salt type crystal structure, but the crystal axis directions may be different in some cases.
- The content of each element is y>b, and the content of manganese with respect to the sum of nickel, manganese, and cobalt may be low in the region close to the surface.
- The positive electrode active material of the
sample 31 having the above characteristics exhibits extremely favorable cycle characteristics when used for a secondary battery. - In the present example, analysis results of a positive electrode active material prepared by adding cobalt as a transition metal and adding magnesium and fluorine as starting materials using EELS will be described.
- The
sample 7 of Example 1 using 1 mol % MgO and 2 mol % LiF as addition starting materials was used as an analysis sample of the present example. - The state of cobalt at the six analysis points from *1 to *6 in a cross section of the
sample 7 was analyzed using EELS.FIG. 50 is a STEM image of the cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of thesample 7 used for EELS analysis, in which analysis points of *1 (the depth from the surface is about 1 nm), *2 (about 2.5 nm), and *3 (about 5 nm) are shown. Furthermore, *4 is about 10 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, *5 is about 100 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material, and *6 is near the center of the particle of the positive electrode active material. - Table 12 and
FIG. 51 show the EELS spectral intensity ratios of the L2 level and the L3 level of cobalt in each analysis point. The higher the L3/L2 is, the lower the valence of cobalt becomes. -
TABLE 12 Measurement region L3/L2 *1 4.6 *2 3.0 *3 3.2 *4 3.0 *5 2.9 *6 3.1 - As is apparent from Table 12 and
FIG. 51 , L3/L2 of the analysis point *1 closest to the surface of the positive electrode active material was the highest, 4.6. From the analysis point *2 to the analysis point *6, L3/L2 was lower than that of the analysis point *1 and was within the range from 2.9 to 3.2 and no large difference was observed. - From these results, it was inferred that the amount of divalent cobalt existing as cobalt oxide (CoO) was large in the analysis point *1, and that the amount of trivalent cobalt existing as lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO2) was large in the analysis points *2 to *6.
- 100: positive electrode active material, 101: first region, 102: second region, 103: third region, 200: active material layer, 201: graphene compound, 211 a: positive electrode, 211 b: negative electrode, 212 a: lead, 212 b: lead, 214: separator, 215 a: bonding portion, 215 b: bonding portion, 217: fixing member, 250: secondary battery, 251: exterior body, 261: folded portion, 262: seal portion, 263: seal portion, 271: crest line, 272: trough line, 273: space, 300: secondary battery, 301: positive electrode can, 302: negative electrode can, 303: gasket, 304: positive electrode, 305: positive electrode current collector, 306: positive electrode active material layer, 307: negative electrode, 308: negative electrode current collector, 309: negative electrode active material layer, 310: separator, 500: secondary battery, 501: positive electrode current collector, 502: positive electrode active material layer, 503: positive electrode, 504: negative electrode current collector, 505: negative electrode active material layer, 506: negative electrode, 507: separator, 508: electrolyte solution, 509: exterior body, 510: positive electrode lead electrode, 511: negative electrode lead electrode, 600: secondary battery, 601: positive electrode cap, 602: battery can, 603: positive electrode terminal, 604: positive electrode, 605: separator, 606: negative electrode, 607: negative electrode terminal, 608: insulating plate, 609: insulating plate, 611: PTC element, 612: safety valve mechanism, 900: circuit board, 910: label, 911: terminal, 912: circuit, 913: secondary battery, 914: antenna, 915: sealant, 916: layer, 917: layer, 918: antenna, 920: display device, 921: sensor, 922: terminal, 930: housing, 930 a: housing, 930 b: housing, 931: negative electrode, 932: positive electrode, 933: separator, 950: wound body, 951: terminal, 952: terminal, 980: secondary battery, 993: wound body, 994: negative electrode, 995: positive electrode, 996: separator, 997: lead electrode, 998: lead electrode, 1001: crystal defect, 7100: portable display device, 7101: housing, 7102: display portion, 7103: operation button, 7104: secondary battery, 7200: portable information terminal, 7201: housing, 7202: display portion, 7203: band, 7204: buckle, 7205: operation button, 7206: input output terminal, 7207: icon, 7300: display device, 7304: display portion, 7400: mobile phone, 7401: housing, 7402: display portion, 7403: operation button, 7404: external connection port, 7405: speaker, 7406: microphone, 7407: secondary battery, 7408: lead electrode, 7409: current collector, 8000: display device, 8001: housing, 8002: display portion, 8003: speaker portion, 8004: secondary battery, 8021: charging apparatus, 8022: cable, 8024: secondary battery, 8100: lighting device, 8101: housing, 8102: light source, 8103: secondary battery, 8104: ceiling, 8105: wall, 8106: floor, 8107: window, 8200: indoor unit, 8201: housing, 8202: air outlet, 8203: secondary battery, 8204: outdoor unit, 8300: electric refrigerator-freezer, 8301: housing, 8302: refrigerator door, 8303: freezer door, 8304: secondary battery, 8400: automobile, 8401: headlight, 8406: electric motor, 8500: automobile, 8600: motor scooter, 8601: side mirror, 8602: secondary battery, 8603: indicator, 8604: storage unit under seat, 9600: tablet terminal, 9625: switch, 9626: switch, 9627: power switch, 9628: operation switch, 9629: fastener, 9630: housing, 9630 a: housing, 9630 b: housing, 9631: display portion, 9633: solar cell, 9634: charge and discharge control circuit, 9635: power storage unit, 9636: DC-DC converter, 9637: converter, 9640: movable portion.
- This application is based on Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2016-200835 filed with Japan Patent Office on Oct. 12, 2016, Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-052309 filed with Japan Patent Office on Mar. 17, 2017, and Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-100619 filed with Japan Patent Office on May 22, 2017, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Claims (28)
1. A battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising an active material particle comprising:
a first region comprising cobalt and aluminum; and
a second region comprising cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine,
wherein the first region comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the second region covers at least a part of the first region,
wherein a maximum peak of the magnesium in the active material particle exists in the second region,
wherein the first region comprises a first measurement region,
wherein the second region comprises a second measurement region, and
wherein a ratio of divalent cobalt atoms to all cobalt atoms in the second measurement region is higher than a ratio of divalent cobalt atoms to all cobalt atoms in the first measurement region.
2. A battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising an active material particle comprising:
a first region comprising cobalt and aluminum; and
a second region comprising cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine,
wherein the first region comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the second region covers at least a part of the first region,
wherein a maximum peak of the magnesium in the active material particle exists in the second region, and
wherein an L3/L2 of cobalt atoms in a second measurement region in the second region is larger than an L3/L2 of cobalt atoms in a first measurement region in the first region in electron energy loss spectroscopy.
3. A battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising an active material particle comprising:
a first region comprising cobalt and aluminum; and
a second region comprising cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine,
wherein the first region comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the second region covers at least a part of the first region,
wherein a maximum peak of the magnesium in the active material particle exists in the second region, and
wherein the second region comprises a measurement region, and the measurement region comprises divalent cobalt atoms.
4. A battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising an active material particle comprising:
a first region comprising cobalt and aluminum; and
a second region comprising cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine,
wherein the first region comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the second region covers at least a part of the first region,
wherein a maximum peak of the magnesium in the active material particle exists in the second region, and
wherein cobalt atoms in a second measurement region in the second region are more reduced than cobalt atoms in a first measurement region in the first region.
5. The battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein the second region comprises a rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
6. The battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein the second region comprises a rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
7. The battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein the second region comprises a rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
8. The battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein the second region comprises a rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
9. The battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein the second region comprises a crystal structure which is different from the layered rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
10. The battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein the second region comprises a crystal structure which is different from the layered rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
11. The battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein the second region comprises a crystal structure which is different from the layered rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
12. The battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein the second region comprises a crystal structure which is different from the layered rock-salt crystal structure, and
wherein a crystal orientation of at least a part of the first region and a crystal orientation of at least a part of the second region are substantially aligned with each other.
13. The battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein the maximum peak of the magnesium is measured by a line analysis of EDX.
14. The battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein the maximum peak of the magnesium is measured by a line analysis of EDX.
15. The battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein the maximum peak of the magnesium is measured by a line analysis of EDX.
16. The battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein the maximum peak of the magnesium is measured by a line analysis of EDX.
17. The battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein a maximum peak of the fluorine in the active material particle exists in the second region.
18. The battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein a maximum peak of the fluorine in the active material particle exists in the second region.
19. The battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein a maximum peak of the fluorine in the active material particle exists in the second region.
20. The battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein a maximum peak of the fluorine in the active material particle exists in the second region.
21. The battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein a thickness of the second region is less than or equal to 5 nm.
22. The battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein a thickness of the second region is less than or equal to 5 nm.
23. The battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein a thickness of the second region is less than or equal to 5 nm.
24. The battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein a thickness of the second region is less than or equal to 5 nm.
25. An electronic device comprising:
the battery according to claim 1 ; and
a circuit electrically connected to the battery,
wherein the circuit is configured to protect the battery from overcharge.
26. An electronic device comprising:
the battery according to claim 2 ; and
a circuit electrically connected to the battery,
wherein the circuit is configured to protect the battery from overcharge.
27. An electronic device comprising:
the battery according to claim 3 ; and
a circuit electrically connected to the battery,
wherein the circuit is configured to protect the battery from overcharge.
28. An electronic device comprising:
the battery according to claim 4 ; and
a circuit electrically connected to the battery,
wherein the circuit is configured to protect the battery from overcharge.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/345,565 US20210305553A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2021-06-11 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016200835 | 2016-10-12 | ||
JP2016-200835 | 2016-10-12 | ||
JP2017052309 | 2017-03-17 | ||
JP2017-052309 | 2017-03-17 | ||
JP2017-100619 | 2017-05-22 | ||
JP2017100619 | 2017-05-22 | ||
US15/726,520 US11094927B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2017-10-06 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US17/345,565 US20210305553A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2021-06-11 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/726,520 Continuation US11094927B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2017-10-06 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210305553A1 true US20210305553A1 (en) | 2021-09-30 |
Family
ID=61830113
Family Applications (7)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/726,520 Active US11094927B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2017-10-06 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US16/702,862 Granted US20200106093A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2019-12-04 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US17/345,565 Abandoned US20210305553A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2021-06-11 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US17/687,782 Abandoned US20220199983A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2022-03-07 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US17/690,073 Pending US20220285673A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2022-03-09 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US18/201,818 Pending US20230299274A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-05-25 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US18/204,439 Pending US20230327088A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-06-01 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/726,520 Active US11094927B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2017-10-06 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US16/702,862 Granted US20200106093A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2019-12-04 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Family Applications After (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/687,782 Abandoned US20220199983A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2022-03-07 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US17/690,073 Pending US20220285673A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2022-03-09 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US18/201,818 Pending US20230299274A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-05-25 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
US18/204,439 Pending US20230327088A1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-06-01 | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US11094927B2 (en) |
JP (10) | JP2018190700A (en) |
KR (8) | KR102392937B1 (en) |
CN (11) | CN111446424B (en) |
DE (4) | DE202017007645U1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018069799A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102538830B1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-31 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and secondary battery |
KR102458052B1 (en) | 2017-02-03 | 2022-10-24 | 에이에스엠엘 네델란즈 비.브이. | Exposure apparatus |
KR20240046314A (en) * | 2017-05-12 | 2024-04-08 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material particles |
CN111900358A (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2020-11-06 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
KR102223712B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2021-03-04 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
KR20230009528A (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2023-01-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material |
CN111384350A (en) * | 2018-12-29 | 2020-07-07 | 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 | Secondary battery and battery module |
KR20210066723A (en) | 2019-11-28 | 2021-06-07 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and electronic device |
CN114430037B (en) * | 2022-04-06 | 2022-07-15 | 比亚迪股份有限公司 | Cathode material and application thereof |
WO2023248047A1 (en) * | 2022-06-24 | 2023-12-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing same, and secondary battery |
Family Cites Families (330)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS4739780Y1 (en) | 1970-09-10 | 1972-12-01 | ||
EP0017400B1 (en) | 1979-04-05 | 1984-05-30 | United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority | Electrochemical cell and method of making ion conductors for said cell |
DE3680249D1 (en) | 1985-05-10 | 1991-08-22 | Asahi Chemical Ind | SECONDARY BATTERY. |
GB2251119B (en) | 1990-12-20 | 1995-06-07 | Technology Finance Corp | Electrochemical cell |
JPH05314965A (en) | 1992-05-06 | 1993-11-26 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Battery positive electrode sheet, manufacture thereof and totally solid secondary battery |
JPH05314995A (en) | 1992-05-07 | 1993-11-26 | Japan Energy Corp | Electrolyte composite body |
JP3238954B2 (en) | 1992-09-25 | 2001-12-17 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
US5604396A (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1997-02-18 | Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corporation | Luminescent material for mercury discharge lamp including phosphor and a continuous protective layer |
JP3550783B2 (en) | 1994-05-16 | 2004-08-04 | 東ソー株式会社 | Lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide, method for producing the same, and use thereof |
JP3584501B2 (en) | 1994-09-30 | 2004-11-04 | 大日本インキ化学工業株式会社 | Composite of epoxy resin and metal oxide and method for producing the same |
JP3172388B2 (en) | 1995-02-27 | 2001-06-04 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
JPH08310802A (en) | 1995-03-15 | 1996-11-26 | Takeshi Yao | Production of perovskite-structure multiple oxide deposit |
US5834139A (en) | 1995-07-05 | 1998-11-10 | Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation | Negative electrode material for use in lithium secondary batteries and lithium secondary batteries incorporating this material |
US5705291A (en) | 1996-04-10 | 1998-01-06 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Rechargeable battery cell having surface-treated lithiated intercalation positive electrode |
US5910382A (en) | 1996-04-23 | 1999-06-08 | Board Of Regents, University Of Texas Systems | Cathode materials for secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries |
US6514640B1 (en) | 1996-04-23 | 2003-02-04 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Cathode materials for secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries |
JP3031546U (en) | 1996-05-09 | 1996-11-29 | 新日本製鐵株式会社 | Bending machine |
TW363940B (en) | 1996-08-12 | 1999-07-11 | Toda Kogyo Corp | A lithium-nickle-cobalt compound oxide, process thereof and anode active substance for storage battery |
US5871866A (en) | 1996-09-23 | 1999-02-16 | Valence Technology, Inc. | Lithium-containing phosphates, method of preparation, and use thereof |
US5783333A (en) | 1996-11-27 | 1998-07-21 | Polystor Corporation | Lithium nickel cobalt oxides for positive electrodes |
US6085015A (en) | 1997-03-25 | 2000-07-04 | Hydro-Quebec | Lithium insertion electrode materials based on orthosilicate derivatives |
US6127065A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 2000-10-03 | Sony Corporation | Method of manufacturing cathode active material and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US6277521B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2001-08-21 | Fmc Corporation | Lithium metal oxide containing multiple dopants and method of preparing same |
JPH1125983A (en) | 1997-07-04 | 1999-01-29 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Active material for lithium battery |
US6458487B1 (en) | 1997-07-25 | 2002-10-01 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Positive active material and non-aqueous secondary cell made by using the same |
JP3882285B2 (en) | 1997-09-22 | 2007-02-14 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Negative electrode for lithium ion secondary battery |
JP3949303B2 (en) | 1998-03-20 | 2007-07-25 | 三星エスディアイ株式会社 | Carbon material for negative electrode of lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery using the same |
JP3031546B1 (en) | 1998-11-13 | 2000-04-10 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Lithium transition metal halide oxide, method for producing the same and use thereof |
CA2350710C (en) | 1998-11-13 | 2005-09-13 | Fmc Corporation | Layered lithium metal oxides free of localized cubic spinel-like structural phases and methods of making same |
JP3670875B2 (en) | 1999-02-09 | 2005-07-13 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
CA2270771A1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2000-10-30 | Hydro-Quebec | New electrode materials with high surface conductivity |
US6737195B2 (en) | 2000-03-13 | 2004-05-18 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and method of preparing same |
JP4559587B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2010-10-06 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Solid lithium polymer battery |
US6541112B1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2003-04-01 | Dmc2 Degussa Metals Catalysts Cerdec Ag | Rare earth manganese oxide pigments |
US6680143B2 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2004-01-20 | The University Of Chicago | Lithium metal oxide electrodes for lithium cells and batteries |
CN1263182C (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2006-07-05 | 三星Sdi株式会社 | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium cell and preparation process thereof |
KR100696619B1 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2007-03-19 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | A positive actvive material for a lithium secondary battery and a method of preparing the same |
CN1278438C (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2006-10-04 | 三星Sdi株式会社 | Active positive electrode material for rechargeable Li battery and its prepn |
JP3921931B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-05-30 | ソニー株式会社 | Cathode active material and non-aqueous electrolyte battery |
US7138209B2 (en) | 2000-10-09 | 2006-11-21 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and method of preparing same |
JP3777988B2 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2006-05-24 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP3695366B2 (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2005-09-14 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and method for producing the same |
KR100728108B1 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2007-06-13 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Positive electrode for lithium secondary battery and method of preparing same |
US7239800B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2007-07-03 | David H. Sitrick | Portable player for personal video recorders |
JP3870846B2 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2007-01-24 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Layered lithium nickel manganese composite oxide |
WO2003015198A2 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-02-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Cathode compositions for lithium ion batteries |
US6878490B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2005-04-12 | Fmc Corporation | Positive electrode active materials for secondary batteries and methods of preparing same |
JP3959333B2 (en) | 2001-11-20 | 2007-08-15 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Lithium cobalt based composite oxide, method for producing the same, lithium secondary battery positive electrode active material, and lithium secondary battery |
US7393476B2 (en) | 2001-11-22 | 2008-07-01 | Gs Yuasa Corporation | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary cell and lithium secondary cell |
JP4111806B2 (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2008-07-02 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof |
TW565961B (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2003-12-11 | Sanyo Electric Co | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
JP2003217667A (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2003-07-31 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR100441524B1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2004-07-23 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Positive active material slurry composition for rechargeable lithium battery |
WO2003069702A1 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2003-08-21 | Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Particulate positive electrode active material for lithium secondary cell |
US9391325B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2016-07-12 | Panasonic Corporation | Positive electrode active material, production method thereof and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4258170B2 (en) | 2002-05-10 | 2009-04-30 | 日本電気株式会社 | Positive electrode for secondary battery and secondary battery using the same |
JP2004014381A (en) | 2002-06-10 | 2004-01-15 | Ise Chemicals Corp | Electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP3687665B2 (en) | 2002-07-16 | 2005-08-24 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Cathode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4221371B2 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2009-02-12 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
CN100382363C (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2008-04-16 | 清美化学股份有限公司 | Positive active material for lithium secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
US20060121352A1 (en) | 2002-11-18 | 2006-06-08 | Kejha Joseph B | Cathode compositions and method for lithium-ion cell construction having a lithum compound additive, eliminating irreversible capacity loss |
TW200423458A (en) * | 2002-11-29 | 2004-11-01 | Seimi Chem Kk | Method for preparing positive electrode active material for lithium secondary cell |
JP4156358B2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2008-09-24 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Lithium cobaltate composite compound, method for producing the same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4274801B2 (en) | 2003-01-09 | 2009-06-10 | パナソニック株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
TWI286849B (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2007-09-11 | Nichia Corp | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4919147B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2012-04-18 | 日立金属株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for non-aqueous lithium secondary battery |
JP4404564B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2010-01-27 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, positive electrode active material |
JP2006318928A (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2006-11-24 | Hitachi Metals Ltd | Cathode active substance for lithium secondary battery, and nonaqueous lithium secondary battery |
US7294435B2 (en) | 2003-05-15 | 2007-11-13 | Nichia Corporation | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, positive electrode mixture for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4271488B2 (en) * | 2003-05-19 | 2009-06-03 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Lithium cobalt based composite oxide, method for producing the same, lithium secondary battery positive electrode active material, and lithium secondary battery |
JP4170145B2 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2008-10-22 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery |
WO2005007577A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2005-01-27 | Tosoh Corporation | Lithium-nickel-manganese composite oxide, process for producing the same and use thereof |
JP4344359B2 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2009-10-14 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP2005158612A (en) | 2003-11-27 | 2005-06-16 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | Positive-electrode subsidiary active material for nonaqueous electrolytic secondary battery, positive-electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and manufacturing method for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2005225734A (en) | 2004-02-16 | 2005-08-25 | Nippon Chem Ind Co Ltd | Fluorine-containing lithium cobalt complex oxide and its manufacturing method |
JP2005302510A (en) | 2004-04-12 | 2005-10-27 | Rikogaku Shinkokai | Lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP2005332629A (en) | 2004-05-18 | 2005-12-02 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
CN100398454C (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2008-07-02 | 南通奥克赛德新材料有限公司 | New process for preparing high quality Co3O4 |
WO2006009177A1 (en) | 2004-07-20 | 2006-01-26 | Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing same |
US7635536B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2009-12-22 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Manganese oxide composite electrodes for lithium batteries |
ES2620809T3 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2017-06-29 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Electrodes composed of manganese oxide for lithium batteries |
US8080340B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2011-12-20 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Manganese oxide composite electrodes for lithium batteries |
JP4582579B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2010-11-17 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery |
US7811707B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2010-10-12 | Boston-Power, Inc. | Lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP4739780B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2011-08-03 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte battery |
KR101347671B1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2014-01-03 | 히다치 막셀 가부시키가이샤 | A secondary battery with nonaqueous electrolyte |
JP5260821B2 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2013-08-14 | パナソニック株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JP4896034B2 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2012-03-14 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Lithium-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same |
KR100728783B1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2007-06-19 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Negatvie active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing same and rechargeable lithium battery compring same |
JP5124933B2 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2013-01-23 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR100728160B1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-06-13 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Negatvie active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing same and rechargeable lithium battery compring same |
JP5078334B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2012-11-21 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2007184145A (en) | 2006-01-06 | 2007-07-19 | Hitachi Vehicle Energy Ltd | Lithium secondary battery |
JP5223166B2 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2013-06-26 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Battery active material and secondary battery |
JP2007250198A (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2007-09-27 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4586991B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2010-11-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, method for producing the same, and secondary battery |
JP4736943B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2011-07-27 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP2008060033A (en) | 2006-09-04 | 2008-03-13 | Sony Corp | Positive-electrode active material, positive electrode using the same, nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and positive-electrode active material manufacturing method |
CN101148263A (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2008-03-26 | 上海杉杉新材料研究院有限责任公司 | Method for preparing high voltage lithium ion battery positive electrode material lithium-nickel-manganese-oxygen |
US7927506B2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2011-04-19 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Cathode active material and lithium battery using the same |
US7935270B2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2011-05-03 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd | Cathode active material and lithium battery using the same |
KR100814826B1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-03-20 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Rechargeable lithium battery |
JP4788579B2 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2011-10-05 | 東ソー株式会社 | Lithium-nickel-manganese composite oxide, method for producing the same, and use thereof |
ATE556447T1 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2012-05-15 | Santoku Corp | POSITIVE ELECTRODE ACTIVE MATERIAL FOR A SECONDARY BATTERY WITH ANHYDROUS ELECTROLYTE, POSITIVE ELECTRODE AND SECONDARY BATTERY |
JP2008166156A (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2008-07-17 | Tdk Corp | Storage element |
US9728809B2 (en) | 2007-01-04 | 2017-08-08 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonaqueous electrolyte battery, battery pack and vehicle |
US10665892B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2020-05-26 | Eocell Limited | Lithium batteries with nano-composite positive electrode material |
CN102780038A (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2012-11-14 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte battery |
JP5014218B2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2012-08-29 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
TW200840121A (en) * | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-01 | Nippon Chemical Ind | Lithium transition metal complex oxide for lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material and method for producing the same, lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material, and lithium ion secondary battery |
US20080241693A1 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-02 | Minoru Fukuchi | Lithium transition metal complex oxide for lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material and method for producing the same, lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2009004285A (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2009-01-08 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP5558349B2 (en) | 2007-07-12 | 2014-07-23 | エー123 システムズ, インコーポレイテッド | Multifunctional alloy olivine for lithium-ion battery |
JP5172231B2 (en) | 2007-07-20 | 2013-03-27 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the same, and lithium secondary battery |
JP2009048981A (en) | 2007-08-23 | 2009-03-05 | Sony Corp | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US20090087731A1 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2009-04-02 | Atsushi Fukui | Lithium secondary battery |
JP4715830B2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2011-07-06 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN101675547B (en) | 2007-11-01 | 2013-05-08 | Agc清美化学股份有限公司 | Process for production of positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery |
CN101878556A (en) | 2007-11-12 | 2010-11-03 | 株式会社杰士汤浅国际 | Active material for lithium rechargeable battery, lithium rechargeable battery, and process for producing the same |
JP5516926B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2014-06-11 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Monoclinic Lithium Manganese Composite Oxide with Regular Structure and Method for Producing the Same |
JP5189384B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2013-04-24 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Lithium secondary battery |
KR20090111130A (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-26 | 엘에스엠트론 주식회사 | Positive active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery using the same |
JP2010080407A (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-08 | Sony Corp | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US8916294B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2014-12-23 | Envia Systems, Inc. | Fluorine doped lithium rich metal oxide positive electrode battery materials with high specific capacity and corresponding batteries |
JP5290699B2 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2013-09-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
US8945770B2 (en) | 2008-11-10 | 2015-02-03 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Cathode active material exhibiting improved property in high voltage |
JP5199844B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2013-05-15 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Lithium secondary battery |
US9172086B2 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2015-10-27 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Cathode and lithium battery using the same |
CN102171864A (en) | 2008-12-24 | 2011-08-31 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Plate-shaped particles for positive electrode active material of lithium secondary batteries, films of said material as well as lithium secondary batteries |
KR101681950B1 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2016-12-05 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for modifying graphene edge and graphene obtained thereby |
KR101687040B1 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2016-12-15 | 도다 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Positive electrode active material for secondary batteries with nonaqueous electrolytic solution, process for the production of the active material, and secondary batteries with nonaqueous electrolytic solution |
JP5312099B2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2013-10-09 | 国立大学法人東京工業大学 | Method for producing positive electrode active material and positive electrode active material |
JP5111421B2 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2013-01-09 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery, and secondary battery module using the same |
US20120064406A1 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2012-03-15 | Namics Corporation | Electrode material, method for producing same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5602380B2 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2014-10-08 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Solid electrolyte material |
JP5487719B2 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2014-05-07 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Manufacturing method of all-solid lithium secondary battery, and all-solid lithium secondary battery obtained by the manufacturing method |
JP5671831B2 (en) * | 2009-05-21 | 2015-02-18 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Method for producing lithium nitride-transition metal composite oxide, lithium nitride-transition metal composite oxide, and lithium battery |
CN102482117A (en) * | 2009-06-25 | 2012-05-30 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Positive electrode active material and lithium secondary battery |
JP5526636B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2014-06-18 | ソニー株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode active material, non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP5644176B2 (en) | 2009-11-18 | 2014-12-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material and lithium ion secondary battery |
US8609283B2 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2013-12-17 | Sony Corporation | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, nonaqueous electrolyte cell, and method of preparing positive electrode active material |
JP5589536B2 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2014-09-17 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, nonaqueous electrolyte battery, and method for producing positive electrode active material |
JP5791877B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2015-10-07 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, method for producing the positive electrode active material, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode active material |
JP5749650B2 (en) | 2009-10-05 | 2015-07-15 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the same, and lithium secondary battery |
EP2518803A4 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-06-24 | Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha | Lithium titanate, manufacturing method therefor, slurry used in said manufacturing method, electrode active material containing said lithium titanate, and lithium secondary battery using said electrode active material |
JP2011138718A (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2011-07-14 | Sony Corp | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2011082064A1 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2011-07-07 | Montclair State University | Chelating agent modified graphene oxides, methods of preparation and use |
JP5474597B2 (en) | 2010-02-16 | 2014-04-16 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5149927B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2013-02-20 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery, and secondary battery module using the same |
US8877381B2 (en) | 2010-03-09 | 2014-11-04 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki | Production process for composite oxide, positive-electrode active material for lithium-ion secondary battery and lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP2011210694A (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2011-10-20 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2011114842A1 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2011-09-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
JP5193248B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2013-05-08 | ナミックス株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5534595B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2014-07-02 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Positive electrode for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery |
JP5455766B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2014-03-26 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Composite positive electrode active material, all solid state battery, and production method thereof |
WO2011136035A1 (en) | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-03 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
WO2011152183A1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
WO2011155781A2 (en) | 2010-06-09 | 2011-12-15 | 주식회사 루트제이제이 | Positive electrode active material for a lithium secondary battery, method for producing same and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
EP2399869B1 (en) * | 2010-06-25 | 2015-07-29 | Evonik Degussa GmbH | Mixed oxide powder containing the elements lithium, manganese, nickel and cobalt and method for producing same |
WO2012005180A1 (en) | 2010-07-05 | 2012-01-12 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Electrode material, electrode containing same, battery, method for producing electrode material precursor, and method for producing electrode material using the method for producing electrode material precursor |
CN102339998B (en) | 2010-07-21 | 2016-06-22 | 北京当升材料科技股份有限公司 | A kind of anode material for lithium-ion batteries and preparation method thereof |
DE102010032207B4 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2014-02-13 | Süd-Chemie Ip Gmbh & Co. Kg | Process for reducing magnetic and / or oxidic impurities in lithium-metal-oxygen compounds |
EP2421077B1 (en) | 2010-08-17 | 2013-10-23 | Umicore | Positive electrode materials combining high safety and high power in a Li rechargeable battery |
DE112011102750T5 (en) | 2010-08-19 | 2013-07-04 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electric device |
JP5732351B2 (en) | 2010-09-02 | 2015-06-10 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing lithium cobalt oxide |
JP5758743B2 (en) | 2010-09-02 | 2015-08-05 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Cobalt hydroxide and method for producing the same, and cobalt oxide and method for producing the same |
US9558860B2 (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2017-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Graphene-enhanced anode particulates for lithium ion batteries |
JP5724269B2 (en) | 2010-09-21 | 2015-05-27 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Method for producing composite oxide |
JP5552685B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2014-07-16 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Method for producing composite oxide, positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
GB201016925D0 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2010-11-24 | Univ Manchester | Graphene oxide |
WO2012046791A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material for energy storage device and energy storage device |
US20120088151A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive-electrode active material and power storage device |
US8980213B2 (en) | 2010-10-28 | 2015-03-17 | Board Of Trustees Of Northern Illinois University | Ceramic materials for gas separation and oxygen storage |
EP2635525A2 (en) | 2010-11-03 | 2013-09-11 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Compositions comprising functionalized carbon-based nanostructures and related methods |
CN103262326A (en) | 2010-11-16 | 2013-08-21 | 日立麦克赛尔株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
CN103283066B (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2016-04-20 | 株式会社杰士汤浅国际 | The manufacture method of positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, its manufacture method, electrode for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, rechargeable nonaqueous electrolytic battery and this secondary cell |
JP2012142155A (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2012-07-26 | Sony Corp | Lithium secondary battery, positive electrode active material, positive electrode, power tool, electric vehicle, and power storage system |
JP5821857B2 (en) | 2011-02-02 | 2015-11-24 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Composite active material, method for producing composite active material, and battery |
JP2012169217A (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2012-09-06 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and method for manufacturing the same |
JP5768967B2 (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2015-08-26 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Negative electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, negative electrode for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
WO2012124242A1 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Cathode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, method for producing same, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using same |
CN105742570B (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2021-05-07 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JPWO2012132387A1 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2014-07-24 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | ELECTRODE MATERIAL AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND ELECTRODE, SECONDARY BATTERY AND VEHICLE |
JP5838579B2 (en) * | 2011-03-29 | 2016-01-06 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Positive electrode active material, lithium secondary battery, and method for producing positive electrode active material |
WO2012137535A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-10-11 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Cathode active material precursor particles, cathode active material particles for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
WO2012137391A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-10-11 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery |
JPWO2012137533A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2014-07-28 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Positive electrode active material precursor particles and method for producing the same, and method for producing positive electrode active material particles for a lithium secondary battery |
JP5255138B2 (en) | 2011-05-18 | 2013-08-07 | 富士重工業株式会社 | Electric storage device and positive electrode for electric storage device |
EP2717354A4 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2015-06-24 | Zeon Corp | Composite particles for lithium secondary battery positive electrodes, method for producing composite particles for lithium secondary battery positive electrodes, method for producing positive electrode for lithium secondary batteries, positive electrode for lithium secondary batteries, and lithium secondary battery |
KR20190139340A (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2019-12-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode, lithium ion secondary battery, electric vehicle, hybrid vehicle, moving object, system, and electronic appliance |
CN102244258B (en) * | 2011-06-16 | 2013-06-05 | 中南大学 | Multiphase Mn (manganese)-base anode material and preparation method thereof |
WO2012171780A1 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2012-12-20 | Umicore | Lithium metal oxide partcles coated with a mixture of the elements of the core material and one or more metal oxides |
US9218916B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2015-12-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene, power storage device, and electric device |
US20120328956A1 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2012-12-27 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Multilayer graphene and power storage device |
JP2013012410A (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2013-01-17 | Tanaka Chemical Corp | Cathode material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP5970978B2 (en) | 2011-07-04 | 2016-08-17 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for electric device, positive electrode for electric device and electric device |
JP6025284B2 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2016-11-16 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrode for power storage device and power storage device |
WO2013027561A1 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2013-02-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing graphene-coated object, negative electrode of secondary battery including graphene-coated object, and secondary battery including the negative electrode |
JP2013048061A (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2013-03-07 | Sony Corp | Secondary cell, battery pack, electric vehicle, power storage system, power tool, and electronic apparatus |
KR101972795B1 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2019-08-26 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method of manufacturing positive electrode active material for lithium ion battery |
JP6000017B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2016-09-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Power storage device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5734793B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2015-06-17 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Power storage device |
JP6029898B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2016-11-24 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for lithium secondary battery |
JP2013062082A (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-04-04 | Nec Corp | Secondary battery |
US9099735B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2015-08-04 | Wildcat Discovery Technologies, Inc. | Cathode for a battery |
JP5675540B2 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2015-02-25 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Anode material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR20130033154A (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2013-04-03 | 전자부품연구원 | Positive active material, preparation method thereof and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
KR102304204B1 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2021-09-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Anode, lithium secondary battery, electric vehicle, hybrid vehicle, moving bodies, system, and electrical devices |
JP2013093316A (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2013-05-16 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | Manufacturing method of secondary particles and manufacturing method of electrode of power storage device |
CN103035922B (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2019-02-19 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Electrical storage device |
CN102779976B (en) | 2011-10-10 | 2015-05-20 | 北大先行泰安科技产业有限公司 | Preparation method of cathode material of LCO (lithium cobaltate)-based lithium ion battery |
KR101669111B1 (en) | 2011-10-11 | 2016-10-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, preparing method thereof, electrode for lithium secondary battery including the same, and lithium secondary battery using the same |
CN102447107A (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2012-05-09 | 江苏科捷锂电池有限公司 | High density lithium ion battery cathode material lithium cobalt oxide and preparation method thereof |
JP2013087040A (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-05-13 | Toyota Motor Corp | Lithium compound oxide and production method of the same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5741371B2 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2015-07-01 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Lithium composite oxide, method for producing the same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5958926B2 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2016-08-02 | 国立研究開発法人産業技術総合研究所 | Lithium manganese composite oxide and method for producing the same |
KR102014983B1 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2019-08-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Cathode and lithium battery using same |
US9487880B2 (en) | 2011-11-25 | 2016-11-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Flexible substrate processing apparatus |
JP6016597B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2016-10-26 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for lithium ion secondary battery |
CN102569775B (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2017-01-25 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium-ion secondary battery and positive electrode active material thereof |
JP6009343B2 (en) | 2011-12-26 | 2016-10-19 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Secondary battery positive electrode and method for producing secondary battery positive electrode |
US20130183579A1 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2013-07-18 | Seung-Mo Kim | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and rechargeable lithium battery including the same |
JP5831557B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-12-09 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Method for producing non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US9070489B2 (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2015-06-30 | Envia Systems, Inc. | Mixed phase lithium metal oxide compositions with desirable battery performance |
US9680272B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2017-06-13 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for forming negative electrode and method for manufacturing lithium secondary battery |
CN102569722B (en) * | 2012-02-20 | 2016-09-07 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | A kind of lithium rechargeable battery and positive pole thereof |
CN102610806B (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2014-11-12 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery and anode active material thereof |
US9384904B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2016-07-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Negative electrode for power storage device, method for forming the same, and power storage device |
JP6077347B2 (en) | 2012-04-10 | 2017-02-08 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP2013246936A (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-12-09 | Hitachi Ltd | Positive-electrode active material for nonaqueous secondary batteries |
CN102694201A (en) | 2012-06-04 | 2012-09-26 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery |
US9225003B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2015-12-29 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing storage battery electrode, storage battery electrode, storage battery, and electronic device |
US20140004412A1 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2014-01-02 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery |
US20140023920A1 (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery |
TWI441947B (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2014-06-21 | Academia Sinica | Electrochemical graphene and electrode composite materials and lithium ion battery including the same |
KR101666879B1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2016-10-17 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing cathode active material for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including cathode active material |
JP6207923B2 (en) * | 2012-08-27 | 2017-10-04 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for secondary battery |
JP6083505B2 (en) | 2012-08-28 | 2017-02-22 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the positive electrode active material, electrode for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
JP6175763B2 (en) | 2012-08-28 | 2017-08-09 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the positive electrode active material, electrode for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
JP5846446B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2016-01-20 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, electrode for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery |
US9754728B2 (en) | 2012-10-09 | 2017-09-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Material for electrode of power storage device, power storage device, and electrical appliance |
CN104704659B (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2017-11-14 | 户田工业株式会社 | Li Ni composite oxide particle powders and its manufacture method and rechargeable nonaqueous electrolytic battery |
KR101658503B1 (en) * | 2012-11-06 | 2016-09-21 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Cathode Active Material for Secondary Battery and Secondary Battery Containing the Same |
JP6159228B2 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2017-07-05 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery |
DE112013005307T5 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2015-07-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode for energy storage device, energy storage device and method of manufacturing the electrode for energy storage device |
JP6303260B2 (en) | 2012-12-06 | 2018-04-04 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Positive electrode active material and manufacturing method thereof, positive electrode, battery, battery pack, electronic device, electric vehicle, power storage device, and power system |
CN103022502A (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2013-04-03 | 天津巴莫科技股份有限公司 | Compounding and coating method of anode material for lithium ion cell |
JP2014139119A (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2014-07-31 | Tosoh Corp | Nickel-cobalt-manganese complex oxide and production method and application thereof |
JP2014143185A (en) * | 2012-12-28 | 2014-08-07 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | Power storage device and charging method thereof |
US10374223B2 (en) | 2013-01-23 | 2019-08-06 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Positive electrode active material/graphene composite particles, positive electrode material for lithium ion cell, and method for manufacturing positive electrode active material/graphene composite particles |
CN104936902B (en) | 2013-01-25 | 2016-09-28 | 株式会社丰田自动织机 | The active substance that high voltage characteristics is excellent |
US9673454B2 (en) | 2013-02-18 | 2017-06-06 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Sodium-ion secondary battery |
JP6103034B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2017-03-29 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode |
US9391322B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-07-12 | E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Cathode material and battery |
US9490472B2 (en) | 2013-03-28 | 2016-11-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing electrode for storage battery |
CN105164054B (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2019-05-14 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Complex Li-Mn-oxide, secondary cell and their manufacturing method |
CN105378985B (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2019-03-01 | 汉阳大学校产学协力团 | Positive pole active material for lithium cell and its manufacturing method |
CN105359312A (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2016-02-24 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
US9293236B2 (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2016-03-22 | Semidonconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium—manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, and electric device |
WO2015030401A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Anode active material containing lithium transition metal phosphate particles, preparation method therefor, and lithium secondary battery containing same |
JP6302322B2 (en) | 2013-09-26 | 2018-03-28 | 積水化学工業株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
EP2854204B1 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2017-06-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Composite, carbon composite including the composite, electrode, lithium battery, electroluminescent device, biosensor, semiconductor device, and thermoelectric device including the composite and/or the carbon composite |
JP6207329B2 (en) | 2013-10-01 | 2017-10-04 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery and method for producing the same, positive electrode mixture layer for non-aqueous secondary battery using positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery, and non-aqueous secondary battery |
US9865867B2 (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2018-01-09 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, and electrical device |
CN105594028B (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2020-05-19 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Lithium manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, electronic device, and method for producing layer |
CN103490060A (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2014-01-01 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium nickel cobalt manganese positive electrode material and preparation method thereof |
JP2015082374A (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2015-04-27 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for manufacturing electrode, electrode of secondary battery, and secondary battery using the same |
JP6194235B2 (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2017-09-06 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
CN106030872B (en) | 2013-11-29 | 2018-12-18 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Complex Li-Mn-oxide and secondary cell |
WO2015083900A1 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for manufacturing same, and lithium secondary battery including same |
WO2015083901A1 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing same, and lithium secondary battery containing same |
US20150166348A1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-06-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene, graphene-including layer, electrode, and power storage device |
JP6246109B2 (en) | 2014-01-20 | 2017-12-13 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Lithium / cobalt-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same, electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery using the lithium / cobalt-containing composite oxide, and non-aqueous secondary battery using the same |
WO2015111710A1 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2015-07-30 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
WO2015115699A1 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2015-08-06 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, manufacturing method therefor and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
TWI600202B (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2017-09-21 | 烏明克公司 | Doped and coated lithium transition metal oxide cathode materials for batteries in automotive applications |
JP6414589B2 (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2018-10-31 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2015136417A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2015-09-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode, power storage device, electronic device, and method for fabricating electrode |
JP2015201432A (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2015-11-12 | 戸田工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material particle powder for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, method of manufacturing the same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2015163356A1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2015-10-29 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for non-aqueous secondary cell, and non-aqueous secondary cell |
CN105024047B (en) | 2014-04-23 | 2017-06-16 | 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 | Lithium ion secondary battery, composite positive electrode active material thereof and preparation method |
KR102458150B1 (en) | 2014-05-09 | 2022-10-25 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Lithium-ion secondary battery and electronic device |
JP6007942B2 (en) | 2014-05-19 | 2016-10-19 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof |
JP6471025B2 (en) * | 2014-06-27 | 2019-02-13 | 住友化学株式会社 | Lithium-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same |
JP6172529B2 (en) * | 2014-07-22 | 2017-08-02 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Cathode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and use thereof |
JP2016033901A (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-03-10 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and battery |
JP2016033902A (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-03-10 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and battery |
KR102573541B1 (en) | 2014-08-27 | 2023-09-01 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Storage battery electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, electronic device, and graphene |
KR101758992B1 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2017-07-17 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
KR101762508B1 (en) * | 2014-10-02 | 2017-07-27 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
JP6520037B2 (en) | 2014-10-09 | 2019-05-29 | 日立化成株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
CN104347880A (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2015-02-11 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery capable of quick charging |
US9728770B2 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2017-08-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Storage battery electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, and electronic device |
KR102535985B1 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2023-05-23 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Particle, electrode, power storage device, electronic device, and method for manufacturing electrode |
EP3248233B1 (en) * | 2015-01-23 | 2021-06-23 | Umicore | Lithium metal oxide cathode powders for high voltage lithium-ion batteries |
KR101788561B1 (en) | 2015-01-28 | 2017-10-20 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing the same, and rechargeable lithium battery including the same |
JPWO2016136212A1 (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2017-12-07 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP6536939B2 (en) * | 2015-03-05 | 2019-07-03 | 住友金属鉱山株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the same |
US10243215B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2019-03-26 | Tdk Corporation | Positive electrode active material including lithium transition metal particles with graphene coating layer positive electrode and lithium ion secondary battery including the same |
CN104701534A (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2015-06-10 | 南通瑞翔新材料有限公司 | High-energy-density Ni-Co-based lithium ion positive electrode material and preparation method thereof |
WO2016178117A1 (en) | 2015-05-06 | 2016-11-10 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery and electronic device |
JP2016222526A (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Film formation method and element |
US10784516B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2020-09-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Conductor, power storage device, electronic device, and method for forming conductor |
CN107810570B (en) * | 2015-07-02 | 2021-07-02 | 尤米科尔公司 | Cobalt-based lithium metal oxide cathode materials |
US10686207B2 (en) | 2015-07-03 | 2020-06-16 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium-ion storage battery and electronic device |
JP6560917B2 (en) | 2015-07-09 | 2019-08-14 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Positive electrode material and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode material |
JP6604080B2 (en) * | 2015-08-04 | 2019-11-13 | 日立化成株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2017045726A (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2017-03-02 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, and electronic device |
JP2017052309A (en) | 2015-09-07 | 2017-03-16 | トヨタ紡織株式会社 | Vehicular seat |
JP7140321B2 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2022-09-21 | 住友金属鉱山株式会社 | Lithium-nickel-containing composite oxide, manufacturing method thereof, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP6867777B2 (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2021-05-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | How to make electronic devices |
JP6578189B2 (en) | 2015-11-09 | 2019-09-18 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, method for producing the same, positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery using the positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, and non-aqueous secondary battery using the same |
JP6357459B2 (en) | 2015-12-03 | 2018-07-11 | オートリブ ディベロップメント エービー | Seat belt retractor |
WO2017149405A1 (en) | 2016-03-02 | 2017-09-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound, method for forming graphene compound, and lithium-ion storage battery |
KR102538830B1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-31 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and secondary battery |
CN106099098B (en) | 2016-07-07 | 2020-06-16 | 电子科技大学 | High-voltage positive electrode material Li of lithium ion batteryδCo1-xMgxO2@AlF3And method for preparing the same |
WO2018011675A1 (en) | 2016-07-13 | 2018-01-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound, method for forming graphene compound, and power storage device |
KR102256299B1 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2021-05-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Lithium cobalt composite oxide for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including positive electrode comprising the same |
KR102256296B1 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2021-05-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Lithium cobalt composite oxide for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including positive electrode comprising the same |
JP6264408B2 (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2018-01-24 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polarizer |
US20180076489A1 (en) | 2016-09-12 | 2018-03-15 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode and power storage device |
US10707524B2 (en) | 2016-10-19 | 2020-07-07 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound and manufacturing method thereof, electrolyte, and power storage device |
US20180145317A1 (en) | 2016-11-18 | 2018-05-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
CN115966675A (en) | 2016-11-24 | 2023-04-14 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material particle and method for producing positive electrode active material particle |
JP7097690B2 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2022-07-08 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrodes and storage batteries |
JP6760140B2 (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2020-09-23 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Manufacturing method of positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery and positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery |
JP7092752B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2022-06-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode active material particles |
KR20240046314A (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2024-04-08 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material particles |
CN111900358A (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2020-11-06 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
KR102223712B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2021-03-04 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
-
2017
- 2017-10-06 DE DE202017007645.4U patent/DE202017007645U1/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 CN CN201911410508.8A patent/CN111446424B/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310121045.3A patent/CN116435580A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202210231207.4A patent/CN115188931A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020197038230A patent/KR102392937B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-10-06 US US15/726,520 patent/US11094927B2/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020197038231A patent/KR102398195B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-10-06 DE DE112017005164.9T patent/DE112017005164T5/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310122746.9A patent/CN116454360A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 DE DE202017007644.6U patent/DE202017007644U1/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202210232027.8A patent/CN115188932A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310146825.3A patent/CN116387602A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020237021585A patent/KR20230098921A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-10-06 WO PCT/IB2017/056168 patent/WO2018069799A1/en active Application Filing
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310126252.8A patent/CN116387601A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 CN CN201780060660.0A patent/CN109792049B/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020227008260A patent/KR20220038810A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310149198.9A patent/CN116387603A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 DE DE202017007622.5U patent/DE202017007622U1/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020227008258A patent/KR102530225B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-10-06 CN CN201911410550.XA patent/CN111446425B/en active Active
- 2017-10-06 CN CN202310128036.7A patent/CN116154269A/en active Pending
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020237021584A patent/KR20230101939A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020237014444A patent/KR20230066123A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-10-06 KR KR1020197011875A patent/KR20190065324A/en active Application Filing
- 2017-10-11 JP JP2017197444A patent/JP2018190700A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2019
- 2019-12-02 JP JP2019218330A patent/JP7088898B2/en active Active
- 2019-12-02 JP JP2019218328A patent/JP7198193B2/en active Active
- 2019-12-04 US US16/702,862 patent/US20200106093A1/en active Granted
-
2021
- 2021-06-11 US US17/345,565 patent/US20210305553A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2022
- 2022-03-07 US US17/687,782 patent/US20220199983A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2022-03-09 US US17/690,073 patent/US20220285673A1/en active Pending
- 2022-07-04 JP JP2022107970A patent/JP2022153404A/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-03-10 JP JP2023037534A patent/JP2023072004A/en active Pending
- 2023-03-17 JP JP2023043306A patent/JP2023063610A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-18 JP JP2023082049A patent/JP2023096104A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-19 JP JP2023083387A patent/JP2023101598A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-25 US US18/201,818 patent/US20230299274A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-01 US US18/204,439 patent/US20230327088A1/en active Pending
- 2023-07-06 JP JP2023111517A patent/JP2023123835A/en active Pending
- 2023-08-24 JP JP2023135973A patent/JP2023157994A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20220199984A1 (en) | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery | |
US20220200041A1 (en) | Positive Electrode Active Material Particle and Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material Particle | |
US20220199983A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle | |
US20200395604A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material particle | |
US20220059830A1 (en) | Positive electrode material for lithium-ion secondary battery, secondary battery, electronic device, vehicle, and method of manufacturing positive electrode material for lithium-ion secondary battery |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SEMICONDUCTOR ENERGY LABORATORY CO., LTD., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KAWAKAMI, TAKAHIRO;OCHIAI, TERUAKI;MOMMA, YOHEI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20171013 TO 20171201;REEL/FRAME:056515/0686 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: SPECIAL NEW |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |